TRANSNET CORP
DEF 14A, 1998-03-09
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: TRANS LUX CORP, SC 13G/A, 1998-03-09
Next: TRI CONTINENTAL CORP, N-23C-1, 1998-03-09




                               Tolins & Lowenfels
                           A Professional Corporation
                  12 East 49th Street, New York, New York 10017

Telephone Number
(212) 421-1965

Telecopier Number
(212) 888-7706


March 9, 1998



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

      Re:  TransNet Corporation ("TRNT") - File No. 0-8693

Gentlemen:

     Pursuant to Rule 14a-6(b) of the Proxy Rules,  enclosed for filing by EDGAR
please find definitive copies of the notice,  proxy,  proxy statement  including
Exhibits A, B, C and D thereto and the Annual Report for the year ended June 30,
1997 in the form being  forwarded to  stockholders  by the above  Registrant  in
connection with the April 2, 1998 annual meeting of stockholders.

                                Very truly yours,



                                 Roger A. Tolins


RT:af
enc.

<PAGE>
           
TransNet Corporation
Revocable Proxy Solicited on Behalf of the Board of Directors
Special Meeting of Stockholders -- April 2, 1998
The undersigned,  a stockholder of TransNet  Corporation (the "Company")  hereby
appoints  John J. Wilk and Steven J. Wilk or either of them, as proxy or proxies
of the undersigned, with full power of substitution, to vote, in the name, place
and stead of the undersigned, with all of the powers which the undersigned would
possess if  personally  present,  on behalf of the  undersigned,  all the shares
which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders
of TransNet Corporation to be held at 10:00 A.M. (local time) on Thursday, April
2, 1998, at The Somerset  Plaza Hotel,  200 Atrium Drive,  Somerset,  New Jersey
08873 and at any and all adjournments thereof. The undersigned directs that this
Proxy be voted as follows:

1. To  authorize  and approve  the sale of  substantially  all of the  Company's
operating  assets,   subject  to  certain  liabilities  including  changing  the
Company's name to TRNL Corp." and to adopt a Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution
of the  Company  (Proposal  One).  [ ] FOR [ ] AGAINST  [ ] ABSTAIN  

2. To elect directors for the ensuing year (Proposal Two) 
[ ] FOR all nominees  listed below (except as marked  to the contrary below)
[ ] WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote for all nominees listed below

Nominees:       VINCENT CUSUMANO, EARLE KUNZIG, RAYMOND J. REKUC, JAY A. SMOLYN,
 JOHN J. WILK, STEVEN J. WILK, SUSAN WILK-CORT

(Instructions: To withhold authority for an individual nominee, write that 
nominee's name on the line provided.)

3.      In their discretion, on all other business that may properly come before
 the meeting.
[ ] AUTHORITY GRANTED          [ ] AUTHORITY WITHHELD

(Continued and To be Signed on the Reverse Side)



The  Board  of  Directors  recommends  a vote FOR all of the  foregoing.  UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED AS ABOVE PROVIDED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" ITEM 1 AND
"FOR"  THE  ELECTION  OF  DIRECTORS  AS SET  FORTH IN THE  PROXY  STATEMENT.  IN
ADDITION,  DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY IS CONFERRED AS TO ALL OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY
COME  BEFORE  THE  MEETING  UNLESS  SUCH  AUTHORITY  IS  SPECIFICALLY  WITHHELD.
Stockholders who are present at the meeting may withdraw their Proxy and vote in
person if they so desire.

PLEASE MARK,  SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY PROMPTLY.  No postage is required
if returned in the enclosed envelope and mailed in the United States. Receipt of
the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders and  accompanying  Proxy Statement
of the Board of Directors and Annual Report is acknowledged.

Dated:  , 1998


(Signature of Stockholder)

Please sign exactly as name appears on this Proxy.  If shares are  registered in
more  than  one  name,  the  signatures  of all such  persons  are  required.  A
corporation should sign in its full corporate name by a duly authorized officer,
stating his title. Trustees, guardians, executors and administrators should sign
in their official  capacity,  giving their full title as such. If a partnership,
please sign in partnership name by authorized person.




                             TRANSNET CORPORATION
                                45 Columbia Road
                          Branchburg, New Jersey 08876
                                 (908) 253-0500


                               ----------------
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                                 April 2, 1998
                               ----------------
     A Special Meeting of Stockholders of TransNet  Corporation  (the "Company")
will be held at The Somerset Plaza Hotel, 200 Atrium Drive, Somerset, New Jersey
08873 on Thursday,  April 2, 1998 at 10:00 A.M.  local time,  for the  following
purposes:


   (1) To act upon a proposal to  authorize  and approve the sale by the Company
       of  substantially  all  of  its  operating  assets,  subject  to  certain
       liabilities,  to GE Capital Information  Technology Solutions Acquisition
       Corp.  ("GE  Acq.  Corp."),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  GE  Capital
       Information Technology Solutions, Inc. ("GECITS"), in accordance with the
       terms of an Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated October 31, 1997  including
       amending  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  change  the
       Company's name to "TRNL Corp.",  and to adopt a Plan of  Liquidation  and
       Dissolution  of the Company  (the  "Plan")  (Proposal  One).  Even if the
       requisite  stockholder approval of Proposal One is obtained, in the event
       the sale is not consummated,  the change of name and the Plan will not be
       effectuated.


     (2) To elect a board of seven Directors (Proposal Two).

     (3) To  transact  such other  business  as shall  properly  come before the
meeting or any adjournment thereof.

     Pursuant to the provisions of the By-Laws, the Board of Directors has fixed
the close of business on February 2, 1998 as the record date for determining the
stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of, and to vote at the meeting or
any adjournment thereof.

     The Board of Directors  deems it  desirable  that as many  stockholders  as
possible be represented in person or by proxy at the meeting.  Consequently,  it
is requested that each stockholder execute and return the enclosed Proxy whether
or not  expecting to be present at the meeting.  Any  stockholder  returning the
Proxy  still has the power to revoke  the Proxy at any time  before it is voted,
and the  giving  of a Proxy  will not  effect a  stockholder's  right to vote in
person if he attends the  meeting.  The  Company  intends to vote  executed  but
unmarked proxies in favor of Proposals One and Two.



     By Order of the Board of Directors


                                             STEVEN J. WILK
                                             President


Dated: Branchburg, New Jersey
      February 27, 1998


     STOCKHOLDERS  ARE URGED TO FILL IN,  DATE,  SIGN AND  PROMPTLY  RETURN  THE
ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED PREPAID ENVELOPE.






<PAGE>

                             TRANSNET CORPORATION
                                45 Columbia Road
                          Branchburg, New Jersey 08876
                                 (908) 253-0500

                               ----------------
                                PROXY STATEMENT
                               ----------------
                        Special Meeting of Stockholders
                                 April 2, 1998
                               ----------------
     This Proxy  Statement  of  TransNet  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation
("TransNet" or the "Company"), is first being mailed to Stockholders on or about
March 6, 1998 in connection  with the  solicitation  of proxies on behalf of the
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), to be used at a Special Meeting
of  Stockholders  to be held on Thursday,  April 2, 1998 at the  Somerset  Plaza
Hotel,  200 Atrium Drive,  Somerset,  New Jersey 08873 at 10:00 A.M. local time.
Attached  to this  Proxy  Statement  as  Exhibit  A is a copy  of the  Company's
Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  1997.
Accompanying   this  Proxy   Statement  is  a  Notice  of  Special   Meeting  of
Stockholders,  a form of Proxy  for  such  meeting  and a copy of the  Company's
Annual Report for the year ended June 30, 1997 containing  financial  statements
with respect to such year.  Such Annual  Report  constitutes a part of the proxy
solicitation material and is incorporated by reference herein.

     All  proxies  which are  properly  filled in,  signed and  returned  to the
Company  prior  to or at the  Meeting  will be  voted  in  accordance  with  the
instructions  thereon. A proxy may be revoked by any stockholder giving the same
prior to the exercise  thereof by: (a) written notice delivered to the Company's
principal  offices  prior  to the  commencement  of  the  Special  Meeting,  (b)
providing a signed proxy  bearing a later date,  or (c)  appearing in person and
voting at the Meeting. The Company intends to vote executed but unmarked proxies
in favor of Proposals One and Two. Broker non-votes will be counted for purposes
of determining a quorum but otherwise will be considered  not  represented  with
regard to voting on any matter with respect to which there is a broker non-vote.
The Board has fixed the close of business on February 2, 1998 as the record date
for the determination of stockholders who are entitled to notice of, and to vote
at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

     The  expenses of  preparing,  assembling,  printing and mailing the form of
proxy and the  materials  used in  solicitation  of proxies will be borne by the
Company.  In addition to the  solicitation  of proxies by use of the mails,  the
Company may utilize the services of some of its  officers and regular  employees
(who will  receive no  additional  compensation  therefor)  to  solicit  proxies
personally,  and by  telephone.  The Company may enlist the  assistance  of, and
reimburse  the  reasonable  expenses  of  banks,  brokerage  firms  and  similar
fiduciaries in the solicitation of proxies and proxy  authorizations  from their
customers  whose stock is not registered in the owner's name, but in the name of
such bank,  brokerage  firm or other  fiduciary.  In  addition,  the Company has
retained the services of a professional  proxy  solicitation  firm,  Georgeson &
Company,  Inc.  ("Georgeson")  to  solicit  proxies  for fees and  expenses  not
expected  to  exceed  $30,000.  Pursuant  to its  agreement  with  the  Company,
Georgeson  will solicit  proxies  from  brokers,  banks and other  institutional
holders, non-objecting beneficial owners and individual holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.

     The business to be conducted at the Meeting  includes the  presentation for
stockholder   authorization   and  approval  of  the  sale  by  the  Company  of
substantially all of its operating assets,  subject to certain liabilities to GE
Acq.  Corp. in accordance  with the terms of an Asset Purchase  Agreement  dated
October 31, 1997 and adoption of a Plan of  Liquidation  and  Dissolution of the
Company  (at  times  referred  to as the  "Plan")  (Proposal  One).  Thereafter,
assuming  consummation  of the sale,  and subject to paying or providing for all
claims,  obligations and expenses, the Company will be completely liquidated and
dissolved (i) by cash distributions to stockholders PRO RATA, and (ii) if deemed
necessary  by the  Board,  by a  final  liquidating  distribution  of  its  then
remaining  assets to a  liquidating  trust  established  for the  benefit of the
Company's then stockholders. Should the Board determine that a liquidating trust
is necessary, appropriate or desirable in order to effectuate the Plan, approval
of the Plan will constitute stockholder approval of the appointment by the Board
of one or more  liquidating  trustees and the execution of a  liquidating  trust
agreement with the trustees on such terms and conditions as the


                                       1


<PAGE>

Board, in its absolute discretion, shall determine. In addition, approval of the
Plan will not only constitute  stockholder approval of the sale of substantially
all of the Company's  operating assets,  subject to certain  liabilities,  to GE
Acq. Corp., but will also constitute  stockholder  approval of any and all sales
of the Company's  remaining  assets approved by the Board or, if applicable,  by
the  trustees  of any  liquidating  trust.  Even  if the  requisite  stockholder
approval of Proposal One is obtained,  in the event a closing (the "Closing") of
the sale to GE Acq. Corp. is not consummated,  the Plan will not be effectuated.
See "The  Proposed Sale - Asset  Purchase  Agreement"  for a description  of the
terms of the  agreement to sell  substantially  all of the  Company's  operating
assets,  subject  to  certain  liabilities,  to  GE  Acq.  Corp.  and  "Plan  of
Liquidation  and  Dissolution"  for a  description  of the  terms of the Plan to
liquidate and dissolve the Company.  Copies of the Asset Purchase  Agreement and
the Plan are attached hereto as Exhibits B and C respectively.

     Stockholders  will also be asked to vote at the Meeting for the election of
a board  of seven  directors  (Proposal  Two).  The  Board  does not know of any
matters  that may be brought  before the  Meeting  other than  Proposal  One and
Proposal  Two. In the event that any other matter or matters  should come before
the Meeting,  the persons  named in the enclosed  Proxy will have  discretionary
authority to vote all signed  Proxies not marked to the contrary with respect to
such matters in accordance with their best judgment.


VOTE REQUIRED

     Only  stockholders  of record on February 2, 1998 (the  "Record  Date") are
entitled to vote at the Meeting.  On the Record Date,  the Company had 5,216,804
shares of common stock,  $.01 par value (the "Common  Stock")  outstanding.  The
Company's  sole  issued and  outstanding  class of  capital  stock is the Common
Stock. Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote upon each matter to be
acted upon at the  Meeting.  The presence in person or by proxy of a majority of
the  outstanding  Common  Stock (at  least  2,608,403  shares)  is  required  to
constitute a quorum  necessary for the  transaction  of business at the Meeting.
Pursuant to the laws of Delaware  (the state of  incorporation  of the Company),
the affirmative vote of more than fifty (50%) percent of the outstanding  shares
of Common Stock is required to authorize  and approve the sale of  substantially
all of the Company's  operating assets,  subject to certain  liabilities,  to GE
Acq. Corp. and to adopt the Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution  (Proposal One).
Election of Directors (Proposal Two) is by a plurality of the votes cast.

     Certain of the Company's officers and directors owning and having the right
to vote 653,050 shares representing  approximately 13% of the outstanding Common
Stock have stated their present intention to vote their shares FOR authorization
and approval of the sale and adoption of the Plan (Proposal One).



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of the Record Date by (i) each holder
known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding  Common
Stock,  (ii) each of the  Company's  directors  who is the  beneficial  owner of
shares of Common Stock, and (iii) all directors and officers of the Company as a
group. All of the shares set forth in the table are owned directly.




                                        SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                  BENEFICIALLY OWNED      PERCENT
- - -------------------------------------   -----------------------   --------

       Directors(a)
- - -------------------------------------
       Steven J. Wilk                   393,500 shs                   8%
       John J. Wilk                     174,550  shs                  3%
       Jay A. Smolyn                    85,000  shs                   2%
       Susan Wilk-Cort                  78,200  shs                   1%
       Earle Kunzig                     1,600  shs                   -
       All officers and directors       899,850  shs                 17%
       as a group (seven persons)(a)


- - ----------------
(a) The address of all officers and directors is 45 Columbia  Road,  Branchburg,
New Jersey 08876.

                                       2


<PAGE>

                                    SUMMARY

     THE  FOLLOWING  SUMMARY IS INTENDED ONLY TO HIGHLIGHT  CERTAIN  INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT. THIS SUMMARY IS PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE,  IS
NOT  INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE  STATEMENT  OF ALL THE  MATERIAL  FEATURES OF THE
PROPOSED SALE BY THE COMPANY OF  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS OPERATING  ASSETS AND
THE PROPOSED LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY  BY  MORE  DETAILED  INFORMATION  CONTAINED  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  PROXY
STATEMENT,  THE EXHIBITS  HERETO AND OTHER  DOCUMENTS  REFERRED TO IN THIS PROXY
STATEMENT.

     THE TRANSACTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE MEETING ARE OF GREAT IMPORTANCE TO
THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS BECAUSE IF THE PROPOSED SALE AND THE PROPOSED PLAN OF
LIQUIDATION  AND  DISSOLUTION ARE APPROVED AND  CONSUMMATED,  THE  STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY WILL CEASE. ACCORDINGLY, STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED
TO READ AND CAREFULLY  CONSIDER THE INFORMATION  SUMMARIZED  BELOW AND PRESENTED
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT.


THE PARTIES




TransNet Corporation
(the "Company")  ...The Company is principally  engaged in the sale of computers
                    and related  equipment,  principally  "hardware,"  for local
                    area  networks   ("LAN's")  and  personal   computer  ("PC")
                    systems.  The Company also realizes  revenues based upon its
                    provision of technical  services  (such as technical  repair
                    and  maintenance,  support and network  integration)  to its
                    customers  although  such revenues have not been material as
                    compared to revenues from sales of hardware.  The hard- ware
                    sold by the Company  includes  business and personal desktop
                    computer  systems  manufactured  by  International  Business
                    Machines ("IBM"),  Apple Computer,  Inc.  ("Apple"),  Compaq
                    Computer Cor- poration  ("Compaq"),  NEC Technologies,  Inc.
                    ("NEC"),  AST  Research  ("AST"),   Hewlett-Packard  Company
                    ("Hewlett-Packard"),  Sun  Microsystems,  Inc.  ("Sun")  and
                    Toshiba  American  Information  Systems,  Inc.  ("Toshiba");
                    related  peripheral  products  such as net- work products of
                    Compaq,   Novell,  Inc.  ("Novell"),   Cisco  Systems,  Inc.
                    ("Cisco"),  and Banyan Systems,  Inc.  ("Banyan");  selected
                    soft- ware products;  wireless  communication  products; and
                    supplies pro- duced by other manufacturers. The Company does
                    not  manufacture  or produce  any of the  hardware  which it
                    markets.  The Company's sole operating facility which serves
                    as its executive, administrative, corporate sales office and
                    service center is located at 45 Columbia  Road,  Branchburg,
                    New Jersey 08876.  The Company's  telephone  number is (908)
                    253-0500.   GE  Capital  Information   Technology  Solutions
                    Acquisition  Corp. ("GE Acq. Corp.") ...... GE Acq. Corp. is
                    a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  GE  Capital  Infor-  mation
                    Technology  Solutions,  Inc.  ("GECITS").  GE Acq. Corp. was
                    organized in 1996 as a vehicle for the purchase by GECITS of
                    assets of other  entities.  Its  offices  are located at 700
                    Canal Street,  Stamford,  Connecticut 06902. GE Acq. Corp.'s
                    telephone number is (203) 357-3100.


                                       3


<PAGE>




GE Capital Information
 Technology Solutions, Inc.
 ("GECITS")  ...    GECITS  is  a   leading   vendor-independent   supplier   of
                    comprehen-  sive, fully  integrated  information  technology
                    solutions.  With opera- tions in the United States,  Canada,
                    Latin  America,  Europe  and  Aus-  tralia  and  nearly  ten
                    thousand employees,  GECITS delivers high- quality hardware,
                    software  and related  support  services to  commercial  and
                    government     organizations,      including     educational
                    institutions,  to help them plan, acquire, implement, manage
                    and refresh their information systems. Its principal offices
                    are  located  at 700  Canal  Street,  Stamford,  Connecticut
                    06902. GECIT's telephone number is (203) 357-3100.



THE SPECIAL MEETING
Date, Time and
Place   ........... The  Special  Meeting  will be held  at The  Somerset  Plaza
                    Hotel,  200 Atrium  Drive,  Somerset,  New  Jersey  08873 on
                    Thursday, April 2, 1998 at 10:00 A.M. local time.


Purpose of the
Special Meeting  ...The  purpose of the Special  Meeting is to consider  and act
                    upon a proposal  to  authorize  and  approve the sale by the
                    Company  of sub-  stantially  all of its  operating  assets,
                    subject  to  certain  liabilities,  to  GE  Acq.  Corp.,  in
                    accordance  with the  terms of an Asset  Purchase  Agreement
                    dated  October 31, 1997  including  amending  the  Company's
                    Certificate of Incorporation to change the Company's name to
                    "TRNL  Corp.",  and to  adopt  a  Plan  of  Liquidation  and
                    Dissolution of the Company (the "Plan") (Proposal One). Even
                    if the  requisite  stockholder  approval of Proposal  One is
                    obtained,  in the  event  the sale is not  consummated,  the
                    change  of  name  and  the  Plan  will  not be  effectuated.
                    Stockholders  will  also be  asked to elect a board of seven
                    Directors (Proposal Two).

Record Date;
Quorum ............ The Record Date for the Special Meeting is February 2, 1998.
                    Accordingly,  holders  of record  of Common  Stock as of the
                    close of  business  on the Record  Date will be  entitled to
                    notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting.  Each share of
                    the Company's Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date
                    is entitled to one vote at the Special  Meeting.  There were
                    5,216,804  shares of Common Stock  outstanding on the Record
                    Date. The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of
                    a  majority  of the  Common  Stock  entitled  to vote at the
                    Special  Meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum for the
                    transaction of business at the Special Meeting.


Required Vote ......Pursuant  to  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the
                    "DGCL"),  assuming a quorum is present, the affirmative vote
                    of holders of a majority of the outstanding  Common Stock is
                    required to authorize and approve the sale of  substantially
                    all of the Company's  operating  assets,  subject to certain
                    liabilities,  to GE Acq.  Corp.  and to  adopt  the  Plan of
                    Liquidation  and  Dissolution  (Proposal  One).  Election of
                    Directors  (Proposal  Two) is by a  plurality  of the  votes
                    cast. See "Vote Required."


                                       4



<PAGE>




FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
Background of the Proposed Sale and
 Plan of Liquidation and
 Dissolution
                    For a description  of the events  leading to the approval of
                    the pro- posed sale of  substantially  all of the  Company's
                    assets,  subject to certain liabilities to GE Acq. Corp. and
                    the  adoption by the Compa- ny's Board of  Directors  of the
                    Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution (subject in each case to
                    obtaining the necessary stockholder approval),  see "Reasons
                    for the Proposed  Sale and Adoption of the Plan" and "Events
                    Preceding   the  Proposed   Sale  and  the  Role  of  AmTech
                    Associates."

Purpose of the Proposed
Sale and Plan
 of Liquidation
 and                Dissolution....The  Company's  purpose of the proposed  sale
                    and liquidation and dissolution of the Company is to enhance
                    stockholder  value by per- mitting the inherent value of the
                    Company  currently held by its  stockholders  in the form of
                    Common Stock to be converted  into cash at a price which the
                    Board of  Directors  has  determined  is fair to, and in the
                    best  interests  of the  stockholders.  See "Reasons for the
                    Proposed  Sale  and  Adoption  of the  Plan"  and  "Plan  of
                    Liquidation and Dissolution."

Recommendation of the
 Board .............

                    The Board has concluded  that the terms of the proposed sale
                    and Plan of Liquidation  and Dissolution are fair to, and in
                    the best inter- ests of, the holders of the Company's Common
                    Stock.  Accordingly,  the Board has approved and adopted the
                    proposed sale and Plan of Liquidation and  Dissolution.  The
                    Board recommends a vote "FOR" the authorization and approval
                    of the sale of substantially all of the Company's  operating
                    assets,  subject to certain  liabilities,  to GE Acq.  Corp.
                    including    amending   the   Company's    Certificate    of
                    Incorporation  to change the Company's name to "TRNL Corp.",
                    and the adoption of the Plan of Liquidation  and Dissolution
                    (Proposal  One). For a discussion of the factors  considered
                    by the Board in making its recommendation,  see "Reasons for
                    the Proposed Sale and Adop- tion of the Plan."

Opinion of Financial
Advisor   ......... Houlihan,  Lokey,  Howard & Zukin Financial  Advisors,  Inc.
                    ("Hou- lihan  Lokey")  delivered its opinion to the Board on
                    August 1, 1997 to the effect  that the  consideration  being
                    paid to the Company for its assets  including  its operating
                    business  and  the  consideration  to  be  received  by  the
                    shareholders  of the Company in connection with the proposed
                    transaction is fair to them from a financial  point of view.
                    The full text of the  written  opinion  of  Houlihan  Lokey,
                    which sets forth  assumptions made,  matters  considered and
                    limitations on the review  undertaken in connection with the
                    opinion, is attached hereto as Exhibit D and is incorporated
                    herein by reference.  Stockholders are urged to, and should,
                    read such opinion in its entirety. See "Opinion of Financial
                    Advisor."


                                       5


<PAGE>




THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION
Asset Purchase
Agreement  ......   On October 31,  1997,  the Company and two of its  principal
                    offic- ers, Steven J. Wilk (its president) and Jay A. Smolyn
                    (its  vice  presi-  dent,  operations)  (collectively,   the
                    "Primary Shareholders") executed an Asset Purchase Agreement
                    with GE Acq.  Corp.  provid- ing for the sale by the Company
                    to GE  Acq.  Corp.  of  substantially  all of its  operating
                    assets,  subject  to  certain  liabilities,  for a maxi- mum
                    $20,500,000  cash purchase price (the "Asset Purchase Agree-
                    ment").  The Assets to be sold  (subject  to trade  accounts
                    payable related to the operations  being sold, such payables
                    being  assumed  by GE  Acq.  Corp.)  include  the  Company's
                    Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Other Property, the value of
                    the Company's business as a going concern,  all rights under
                    the Agreements related to the Com- pany's business and being
                    assigned to the Buyer and "...all  other assets set forth or
                    which should,  in accordance with GAAP (gener- ally accepted
                    accounting  principles),  be set forth on a balance sheet of
                    Seller   (the   Company)   as  of  the   Closing   Date...."
                    Specifically excluded from the Assets being sold among other
                    items  is the cash and  cash  equivalents  (excluding  petty
                    cash) held by the Company or its agents,  banks, etc. on the
                    Closing   Date,   certain   unimproved   real   property  in
                    Mountainside,  New Jersey  sold by the  Company to cer- tain
                    related  parties  and  the  proceeds  from  such  sale  (the
                    "Excluded  Real  Property"),   the  Company's  rights  under
                    employment  contracts and employee  benefit plans,  employee
                    loans receivable,  the Compa- ny's corporate records and its
                    tax  assets  (if  any),  certain  automobiles  owned  by the
                    Company,  all  life  insurance  policies  maintained  by the
                    Company  and all  rights  of the  Company  under  the  Asset
                    Purchase Agreement. The assets excluded from the sale, other
                    than the cash and cash equivalents, are at times referred to
                    collectively as the "Excluded Assets."

                    Of  the   $20,500,000   purchase   price,  an  aggregate  of
                    $18,500,000  is payable to the Company at the  Closing  (the
                    "Closing  Payment")  subject to downward  adjustment  by not
                    more  than  $1,000,000  if at  the  Closing,  the  Company's
                    Adjusted  Net  Worth is less than  $10,500,000  but not less
                    than $9,500,000.  As a condition of the Closing, the Company
                    must  have an  Adjusted  Net  Worth  of  $10,500,000  at the
                    Closing Date (determined in accordance with GAAP but without
                    including  goodwill,  deferred  tax assets and  deferred tax
                    liabilities,  liabilities  related to the Company's  Pension
                    Plan,  the Excluded  Real  Property  and the other  Excluded
                    Assets).  If the Company does not have an Adjusted Net Worth
                    of at  least  $10,500,000  at the  Closing  Date  but has an
                    Adjusted  Net Worth of at least  $9,500,000,  GE Acq.  Corp.
                    may, in its sole discretion,  waive this condition and close
                    based on the  lower  Adjusted  Net  Worth  with the  Closing
                    Payment being  reduced in an amount equal to the  difference
                    between  $10,500,000  and such lower Adjusted Net Worth.  At
                    December 31, 1997,  the  Company's  "Adjusted Net Worth" was
                    approximately $10,900,000.

                                       6


<PAGE>




                    The  $2,000,000  balance of the purchase  price (the "Escrow
                    Fund") will be held in escrow by Chase  Manhattan  Bank N.A.
                    as Escrow Agent. One half of the Escrow Fund ($1,000,000 and
                    referred to at times herein as the "General  Deposit")  will
                    be  held  in   escrow  to  insure   the   accuracy   of  the
                    representations  and  warranties  of  the  Company  and  the
                    Primary  Shareholders under the Asset Purchase Agreement and
                    to insure  compliance  with their  covenants and  agreements
                    contained in or arising out of the Asset Purchase Agreement.
                    The  other  $1,000,000  half of the  Escrow  Fund  (the "TPP
                    Deposit") will be held in escrow until  resolution of issues
                    related  to the  Company's  Pension  Plan.  The  Closing  is
                    subject to various  conditions  so that even if Proposal One
                    is duly adopted by the Company's stockholders, no assurances
                    can be given that the  Closing of the sale will take  place.
                    See "The Proposed Sale-Asset Purchase Agreement."

Interests of Certain
 Persons in the
 Transaction  ......
                    In considering the  recommendation of the Board of Directors
                    with respect to the  proposed  sale and adoption of the Plan
                    of Liquidation and Dissolution, stockholders should be aware
                    that certain  members of the  Company's  management  and its
                    Board of Directors  have interests in the proposed sale that
                    are  in  addition  to  the   interests   of  the   Company's
                    stockholders generally.  See "Interests of Certain Per- sons
                    in the Transaction."
Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution (the "Plan") ......
                    IN THE EVENT THAT THE  CLOSING OF THE SALE TO GE ACQ.  CORP.
                    DOES NOT TAKE PLACE, THE PLAN OF LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION
                    WILL NOT BE EFFECTUATED. However, if the Closing of the sale
                    to GE Acq.  Corp.  does take place,  the Board of  Directors
                    believes  that  it  will  be in the  best  interests  of the
                    Company's   stockholders   to   liquidate   the  Company  by
                    distributing  to them the Company's net assets  through cash
                    distributions   and  then  to  dissolve  the   Company.   No
                    assurances  can  be  given  that,  as a  consequence  of the
                    liquidation,  holders  of the  Company's  Common  Stock will
                    receive aggregate cash  distributions per share which exceed
                    the prices at which the Company's Common Stock has generally
                    traded.

                    The Board of Directors  presently  intends to pay an initial
                    cash  distribution  of between  $2.30 and $2.50 per share to
                    stockholders  on a PRO RATA basis on or before  December 31,
                    1998 (the "Initial  Distribution") provided at such time, it
                    is of the opinion that a contingency  fund to be retained by
                    the  Company  together  with the Escrow Fund and an Excluded
                    Real Property  Receivable is adequate to operate the Company
                    until  dissolution  as well as to provide for the  Company's
                    obligations,   liabilities   (actual  and   contingent)  and
                    expenses.


                                       7


<PAGE>




                    Pursuant to the Plan and  provided the Closing  occurs,  the
                    Company will  effectively  distribute  all of its  remaining
                    assets  to  its  stockholders  through  cash  distributions,
                    provided that assets  undistributed by the fifth anniversary
                    of the  approval of the Plan by the  Company's  stockholders
                    shall be transferred  to a liquidating  trust and thereafter
                    shall be sold or otherwise  disposed of on terms approved by
                    its  trustees.  Assuming  the  Closing  occurs,  no  further
                    stockholder votes will be solicited with respect to approval
                    of the  specific  terms of any asset  sales  approved by the
                    then Board of Directors or, if  applicable,  the trustees of
                    such  liquidating   trust.  See  "Plan  of  Liquidation  and
                    Dissolution."

Appraisal Rights ...Under the DGCL,  holders of the  Company's  Common Stock are
                    not  entitled  to  appraisal  rights  for  their  shares  in
                    connection   with  the  sale  to  GE  Acq.   Corp.   or  the
                    transactions  contemplated  by the  Plan  or to any  similar
                    dissenters' rights.

Certain Federal Income Tax
 Consequences       ......After  the  approval of the Plan and until the winding
                    up of its affairs is  completed  and the  Company  ceases to
                    exist, the Company will continue to be subject to tax on its
                    taxable  income.  Stockholders  will  recognize gain or loss
                    equal  to the  difference  between  (i) the  amount  of cash
                    distributed  to them,  and (ii)  their  tax  basis for their
                    shares of the Company's  Common Stock. A  stockholder's  tax
                    basis in his or her shares will depend upon various  factors
                    including the method of  acquisition  of such shares and the
                    amount and nature of any distributions received with respect
                    thereto.  Gain or loss  will be  computed  on a "per  share"
                    basis. The Company expects to make more than one liquidating
                    distribution,   each   of   which   will  be   allo-   cated
                    proportionately   to  each   share  of  stock   owned  by  a
                    stockholder.   Gain  will  be  recognized  by  reason  of  a
                    liquidating   distribution  only  to  the  extent  that  the
                    aggregate   value  of  such   distribution   and  any  prior
                    liquidating  distribution(s)  received by a stockholder with
                    respect  to a share  exceeds  his or her tax  basis for that
                    share.  Any loss will generally be recognized  only when the
                    final  distribution  from the Company has been  received and
                    then  only  if  the  aggregate   value  of  the  liquidating
                    distributions  with  respect  to a share  is less  than  the
                    stockholder's  tax basis for that  share,  as  adjusted  for
                    prior   distributions.   Gain  or  loss   recognized   by  a
                    stockholder  will be  capi-  tal gain or loss  provided  the
                    shares  are held as capital  assets.  See  "Certain  Federal
                    Income Tax Consequences."

Future Operation of Company
 if Proposal One is not
 Approved by Stockholders
 or if the Proposed Sale Does
 Not Take Place  ...If Proposal  One is not approved by  stockholders  or if the
                    sale to GE Acq.  Corp.  does not take  place,  the  Board of
                    Directors  will  continue  the  Company's  present  business
                    operations and will also explore available  alternatives for
                    the future of the Company.


                                       8


<PAGE>

                       ACTION TO BE TAKEN AT THE MEETING

              PROPOSED SALE OF SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE COMPANY'S
               OPERATING ASSETS, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIABILITIES,
                   TO GE ACQ. CORP. AND PLAN OF LIQUIDATION
                         AND DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

                                (PROPOSAL ONE)


OVERVIEW

     The Board is proposing for  authorization  and approval by  stockholders at
the  Meeting,  the  proposed  sale by the  Company of  substantially  all of its
operating assets, subject to certain liabilities, to GE Acq. Corp. in accordance
with the terms of the Asset Purchase  Agreement dated October 31, 1997 including
amending the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to change the Company's name
to "TRNL  Corp.",  and for adoption by its  stockholders,  the proposed  Plan of
Liquidation and Dissolution of the Company.

     EVEN IF THE REQUISITE STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL ONE IS OBTAINED, IN
THE EVENT THE SALE TO GE ACQ. CORP. IS NOT CONSUMMATED, THE CHANGE OF NAME AND
THE PLAN WILL NOT BE EFFECTUATED.

     Attached to this Proxy  Statement  as Exhibits B and C,  respectively,  are
copies of the Asset  Purchase  Agreement  and the Plan.  Although  the  material
features  of each are  summarized  below,  the  summaries  do not  purport to be
complete and are subject in all respects to the specific provisions of the Asset
Purchase Agreement and the Plan.


BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

     The Company is  principally  engaged in the sale of  computers  and related
equipment,  principally  "hardware,"  for  local  area  networks  ("LAN's")  and
personal computer ("PC") systems.  The Company also realizes revenues based upon
its provision of technical  services (such as technical  repair and maintenance,
support and network  integration)  to its customers  although such revenues have
not been material as compared to revenues from sales of hardware.

     The hardware sold by the Company includes business and personal desktop
computer systems manufactured by International Business Machines ("IBM"), Apple
Computer, Inc. ("Apple"), Compaq Computer Corporation ("Compaq"), NEC
Technologies, Inc. ("NEC"), AST Research ("AST"), Hewlett-Packard Company
("Hewlett-Packard"), Sun Microsystems, Inc. ("Sun") and Toshiba American
Information Systems, Inc. ("Toshiba"); related peripheral products such as
network products of Compaq, Novell, Inc. ("Novell"), Cisco Systems, Inc.
("Cisco"), and Banyan Systems, Inc. ("Banyan"); selected software products;
wireless communication products; and supplies produced by other manufacturers.
The Company does not manufacture or produce any of the hardware which it
markets.

     The  Company is  currently  an  authorized  dealer for Apple,  AST,  Compaq
(including  authorizations as a Compaq Enterprise Partner and a Compaq Certified
Education Partner),  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM, NEC, Sun Microsystems,  and Toshiba,
Lotus Development  Corporation ("Lotus"),  Microsoft Corporation  ("Microsoft"),
Banyan,  Cisco,  Novell, and 3COM. The Company has received dealer authorization
as an Airdata solutions  provider for AT&T wireless services.  In addition,  the
Company has entered into a Consulting Services Agreement with SAP America,  Inc.
("SAP") under which SAP may use the Company in SAP's contracts as  subcontractor
for SAP  related  services.  The  Company  also  offers a  variety  of  products
manufactured  by other  companies  including  Okidata,  and Hayes  Microcomputer
Products, Inc. Occasionally, the Company will order specific products to satisfy
a particular customer requirement.

     Software  sold  by the  Company  includes  software  designed  for  general
business  applications  as well as  specialized  applications  such as research,
pharmaceuticals,  and  education;  software for desktop  publishing;  integrated
packages; and entertainment software, such as video games.

     The Company provides a wide variety of network services,  personal computer
support,  repair and standard equipment maintenance.  These services,  which are
generally  performed  at customer  sites,  include LAN and PC hardware  support,
systems integration services, help desk services,  asset management,  relocation
services, and installation or installation coordination.  The Company's staff of
specially trained system engineers and service


                                       9


<PAGE>

technicians  provide  service and support on an on-call  basis for file servers,
personal computers,  laptop computers,  printers and other peripheral equipment.
In  addition,   the  Company's   in-house   technical   staff  performs   system
configurations  to customize  computers to the  customers'  specifications.  The
Company also provides authorized warranty service on the equipment it sells. The
Company is an authorized service dealer for the following manufacturers:  Apple,
AST, Banyan, Compaq, Dell, Epson, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, NEC, Novell, and Sun.

     The Company seeks highly qualified personnel and employs experienced system
engineers and technicians to whom it provides authorized  manufacturer  training
on an on-going  basis.  During  fiscal  1997,  the Company  continued  the rapid
expansion  of its  technical  staff  in  response  to the  increased  volume  of
equipment sales and the increasing complexity of the systems to be configured.

     In order to reduce its costs for  computer and related  equipment,  in July
1990,  the Company  entered into a buying  agreement  with  Connecting  Point of
America,  Inc.,  a subsidiary  of  Intelligent  Electronics,  one of the largest
computer aggregators in the United States.  Intelligent Electronics recently was
purchased by Ingram Micro, Inc., which assumed the earlier agreement.  Under the
agreement, the Company is able to purchase equipment of various manufacturers at
discounts  currently  unavailable  to it through  other  avenues.  The agreement
provides that the Company may terminate the arrangement  upon sixty days notice.
During fiscal 1997,  the majority of the revenues  generated by the Company from
product  sales were  attributable  to products  purchased  by the  Company  from
Intelligent  Electronics  and then  Ingram  Micro,  Inc.  pursuant to the buying
agreement.  The balance of the  Company's  product  sales were  attributable  to
products purchased from a variety of sources on an as needed order basis.

     The majority of the Company's customers are commercial users located in the
New Jersey - New York City metropolitan  area. During fiscal 1997, one customer,
Merck & Co., Inc. (the "Major Customer"), accounted for approximately 58% of the
Company's  revenues,  and an affiliate of such customer accounted for 11% of the
Company's  revenues.   The  Major  Customer  and  its  affiliate  accounted  for
approximately  50% and 19%,  respectively  of the  Company's  revenues in fiscal
1996, and approximately 34% and 17%,  respectively,  in fiscal 1995. The loss of
the Major  Customer  would have a material  adverse  impact  upon the Company if
management  could not replace the purchases of equipment and technical  services
with similar purchases from new accounts.  No other customer  accounted for more
than 10% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1997.

     The Company's executive,  administrative and corporate sales office and its
service center are located in Branchburg, New Jersey where the Company subleases
an  approximately  21,000  square foot  building  from W. Realty,  a partnership
consisting of John J. Wilk, the chairman of the board and treasurer, and Raymond
J. Rekuc, a director of the Company.  The sublease is "net-net,"  expires by its
terms in February 2001 and currently  provides for a monthly  rental of $16,112,
escalating to $16,820 per month during the  twelve-month  period ending February
2000 and to $17,351 per month  during the final twelve  months.  If the proposed
transaction is consummated,  GE Acq. Corp. will utilize the Branchburg  premises
through  February 1999 and will be responsible  for payment of the rent therefor
to W.  Realty of $16,112 per month.  See  "Interests  of Certain  Persons in the
Transaction-John  J. Wilk" as to the sale by the Company on November 11, 1997 to
W. Realty of certain Excluded Real Property and as to the credit extended to the
Company by W. Realty in connection  therewith of the $410,000 of rent payable by
the Company over the final two years of the sublease.


BUSINESS OF THE BUYER

     GE Acq. Corp., a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GE
Capital Information Technology Solutions, Inc. ("GECITS"). GE Acq. Corp. was
organized in 1996 as a vehicle for the purchase by GECITS of the assets of
other entities.

     GECITS is a leading  vendor-independent  supplier of  comprehensive,  fully
integrated  information  technology  solutions.  With  operations  in the United
States,  Canada,  Latin  America,  Europe and  Australia and nearly ten thousand
employees,  GECITS delivers high-quality hardware,  software and related support
services to  commercial  and  government  organizations,  including  educational
institutions,  to help them plan, acquire,  implement,  manage and refresh their
information systems.

     Dealing principally with desktop and client/server  solutions,  GECITS is a
reseller  of  IBM,  Compaq  and  Cisco  Systems   products.   It  also  operates
distribution businesses for Windows and Windows/NT platforms and the UNIX market
as a Sun Microsystems and Silicon Graphics distributor. It also resells numerous
other products and distributes the products of other technology vendors.


                                       10


<PAGE>

     GECITS is organized  into  multiple  strategic  business  units,  including
consulting,  distribution  and US  government  sales.  In addition to designing,
configuring  and  installing  information  solutions,  GECITS  provides  on-site
equipment maintenance,  remote network management, help desk and full life-cycle
services.

     GECITS is one of 27 business units of GE Capital  Services,  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the General Electric Company.


REASONS FOR THE PROPOSED SALE AND ADOPTION OF THE PLAN

     There has been a continual  decline in personal  computer sales prices over
at least the past five years. From 1992 through the present, management believes
that the annual  decrease in personal  computer prices has averaged in excess of
20%. Calendar 1997 also saw the introduction of personal  computers selling at a
retail sales price of less than $1,000.  As a result,  at  September  1997,  the
Company's  gross profit margins for hardware sales had been reduced to the 4% to
6% range in many instances.  Furthermore, due to its lower level of purchases as
compared  with  certain of the larger  distributors,  the Company is required by
certain  manufacturers  (e.g., IBM, Compaq,  Hewlett-Packard)  to purchase their
products  from  integrators  rather than directly  from the  manufacturer.  With
respect to hardware  products  purchased  from such  integrators,  the Company's
gross profit margins have been further reduced.

     Management has also observed certain other negative trends in the industry.
Various hardware  manufacturers have announced that they are currently reviewing
the advantages of dealing  directly with the end user  community.  Dell Computer
Company, which has experienced  significant success over the past several years,
currently  sells  directly to end users.  Apple has recently  announced  that it
intends to emulate Dell in this regard.  Selling  directly to end users (thereby
bypassing  distributors  such as the Company) allows the  manufacturer to reduce
its costs of distribution  and contributes to the declining  prices for personal
computers.

     A number of the  Company's  customers  have  recently  indicated  that they
anticipate  the need to reduce their PC vendor base in an effort to reduce their
overall costs of  administration.  These customers have advised that they may in
the future  give  preferential  treatment  to those  vendors  which can  provide
distribution  and support  services on a nationwide  scale (which the Company is
unable to provide).

     Another  negative  trend in the  industry  is the fact  that a number of PC
manufacturers  whose  products  are offered by the  Company,  have  commenced to
recommend  the largest  resellers of their  products as their  warranty  service
providers of choice which may, if the trend  continues,  have a material adverse
effect on the Company's ability to generate future service revenues.

     In addition,  management  attributes a  significant  part of the  Company's
profitability  in recent  years to its ability to hire what it  perceives  to be
some of the most qualified engineers and technicians in its industry. During the
last three years, management has experienced significant  difficulties in hiring
and  staffing  due to the fact that many  organizations,  both in and out of the
industry,  have been  hiring the same  people by offering  higher  salaries  and
greater growth  opportunities.  In addition,  salaries for many of the Company's
engineers and technicians  have been increasing at an  approximately  15% annual
rate over the past three  years  rendering  it  increasingly  difficult  for the
Company to generate profits from existing support contracts.

     Against these developing  negative  trends,  management has observed that a
number of the large industry distributors of PC products (such as GE Acq. Corp's
affiliates) are presently acquiring smaller distributors similar to the Company,
indicating  industry  consolidation.   The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  has
determined  that while the opportunity is being presented at the present time to
sell the Company's  operations  to GE Acq.  Corp. at what the Board regards is a
fair  price,  no  assurance  can be given  that a  similar  opportunity  will be
available in the future.


EVENTS PRECEDING THE PROPOSED SALE AND THE ROLE OF AMTECH ASSOCIATES

     In January 1997, the Company's  president  contacted AmTech Associates Inc.
("AmTech"),  an  unaffiliated  business  broker,  to  find a  purchaser  for the
Company's operating business. AmTech has advised that it contacted approximately
six  potential  purchasers  as well as GECITS  but that not one of the  entities
approached other than GECITS made an offer to effect the purchase.  Furthermore,
management  did not  receive  any offer from any other  source to  purchase  the
Company during 1997 or subsequent  thereto.  In connection  with its engagement,
AmTech


                                       11


<PAGE>

prepared an  informational  brochure  concerning  the Company and rendered other
services as well. If the Closing takes place, AmTech will be paid a $470,000 fee
by the Company for its  services  (reduced by 2% of the  difference  between the
maximum $20,500,000 purchase price and the purchase price actually paid).


THE PROPOSED SALE-ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     On October 31, 1997, the Company and two of its principal officers, Steven
J. Wilk (its president) and Jay A. Smolyn (its vice president, operations)
(collectively, the "Primary Shareholders") executed an Asset Purchase Agreement
with GE Acq. Corp. providing for the sale by the Company to GE Acq. Corp. of
substantially all of its operating assets, subject to certain liabilities, for
a maximum $20,500,000 cash purchase price (the "Asset Purchase Agreement"). GE
Acq. Corp. is a Delaware corporation formed in 1996 and is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of GE Capital Information Technology Solutions, Inc. ("GECITS").
GECITS is an affiliate of GE Capital Services which in turn is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of General Electric Company.

     Public  announcement  of the execution of the Asset Purchase  Agreement was
disseminated  by the Company and by GECITS on October 31,  1997.  On October 30,
1997, the trading day immediately  preceding the date of the  announcement,  the
high and low sales prices for the Company's Common Stock in the over-the-counter
market were $2.8125 and $2.50 respectively.

     The Assets to be sold  (subject to trade  accounts  payable  related to the
operations being sold, such payables being assumed by GE Acq. Corp.) include the
Company's  Accounts  Receivable,  Inventory,  Other  Property,  the value of the
Company's  business as a going concern,  all rights under the Agreements related
to the  Company's  business  and being  assigned to the Buyer and "...all  other
assets set forth or which should,  in accordance with GAAP  (generally  accepted
accounting principles),  be set forth on a balance sheet of Seller (the Company)
as of the Closing  Date...."  Specifically  excluded  from the Assets being sold
among other items is the cash and cash  equivalents  (excluding petty cash) held
by  the  Company  or its  agents,  banks,  etc.  on the  Closing  Date,  certain
unimproved  real  property  in  Mountainside,  New Jersey sold by the Company to
certain related parties as hereinafter described and the proceeds from such sale
(the "Excluded Real Property"),  the Company's rights under employment contracts
and employee benefit plans,  employee loans receivable,  the Company's corporate
records and its tax assets (if any),  certain  automobiles owned by the Company,
all life  insurance  policies  maintained  by the  Company and all rights of the
Company under the Asset Purchase  Agreement.  The assets excluded from the sale,
other than the cash and cash equivalents,  are at times referred to collectively
as the "Excluded Assets."

     Of the  $20,500,000  purchase  price,  an  aggregate  of  $18,500,000  (the
"Closing  Payment") is payable to the Company at the Closing subject to downward
adjustment by not more than $1,000,000 if at the Closing, the Company's Adjusted
Net Worth is less than $10,500,000 but not less than $9,500,000.  As a condition
of the Closing,  the Company must have an Adjusted Net Worth of  $10,500,000  at
the Closing  Date  (determined  in  accordance  with GAAP but without  including
goodwill, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities,  liabilities related
to the Company's Pension Plan, the Excluded Real Property and the other Excluded
Assets).  If the  Company  does  not  have an  Adjusted  Net  Worth  of at least
$10,500,000  at the  Closing  Date  but has an  Adjusted  Net  Worth of at least
$9,500,000, GE Acq. Corp. may, in its sole discretion,  waive this condition and
close  based on the lower  Adjusted  Net Worth with the  Closing  Payment  being
reduced in an amount equal to the difference between  $10,500,000 and such lower
Adjusted Net Worth. At December 31, 1997, the Company's "Adjusted Net Worth" was
approximately $10,900,000.

     The  $2,000,000  balance of the purchase  price (the "Escrow Fund") will be
held in escrow by Chase  Manhattan  Bank N.A. as Escrow  Agent.  One half of the
Escrow  Fund  ($1,000,000  and  referred  to at  times  herein  as the  "General
Deposit")  will be held in escrow to insure the accuracy of the  representations
and  warranties  of the  Company and the  Primary  Shareholders  under the Asset
Purchase  Agreement and to insure compliance with their covenants and agreements
contained in or arising out of the Asset Purchase Agreement. The Company and the
Primary  Shareholders  have also agreed to indemnify the Buyer, its shareholders
and their officers and directors from any claims or losses with respect thereto.
In  addition,  they  have  agreed  to  purchase  any of the  Company's  Accounts
Receivable  sold to GE Acq. Corp.  which remain  uncollected  180 days after the
Closing,  provided  that if they fail to do so, the payment may be made from the
General  Deposit.  If no claim to the  contrary  is made by GE Acq.  Corp.,  the
General Deposit will be transferred by the Escrow Agent to the Company  together
with accrued  interest  within 45 days  following the first  anniversary  of the
Closing Date. The other  $1,000,000  half of the Escrow Fund (the "TPP Deposit")
will be held in escrow until resolution of issues related to the Company's


                                       12


<PAGE>

Pension Plan.  The Plan was adopted in 1981 as a defined  benefit plan. In 1989,
various  actions  were taken to terminate  the Plan,  to convert it to a defined
contribution  plan and to freeze benefit accruals.  However,  no filing for plan
termination was made with the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  ("PBGC"),
although  the Company  continued  to treat  benefit  accruals  under the Plan as
frozen  in  accordance  with a Plan  Amendment  and a  corresponding  notice  to
participants.   Additionally,   a  final  amended  and  restated  plan  document
incorporating the foregoing  amendments and other required amendments  including
those required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 do not appear to have been properly
adopted. In addition, since 1989, it appears that certain operational violations
occurred  in the  administration  of the Plan  including  the  failure to obtain
spousal  consents in certain  instances  when  required.  The Company  currently
intends to (i) take corrective  action under the IRS Walk-in  Closing  Agreement
Program ("CAP"), (ii) apply for a favorable determination letter with respect to
the Plan from the IRS, and (iii) terminate the Plan. Under CAP, the Company will
be  subject  to  a  monetary   sanction   (which  could  range  from  $1,000  to
approximately  $40,000).  In addition,  the Company will be required to correct,
retroactively, operational violations, and to pay any resulting excise taxes and
PBGC  premiums  and  penalties  that may be due.  Special  counsel  has  advised
management  that  although it believes the Company will incur some  liability in
connection  with  the  correction  of  such  operational  violations,  it is not
possible to estimate the  potential  amount of or the range of liability at this
time. Such counsel also advised that depending on the corrections required, such
liability could range from an  insignificant  amount to a material  amount,  but
that due to the  uncertainties  involved,  any  estimate in dollar  terms or the
range of any such liability would be speculative and potentially misleading. The
TPP Deposit may be utilized to satisfy various types of payments  required to be
made in order to resolve  open issues  related to the  Pension  Plan and also to
satisfy loss or liability (if any) of GE Acq. Corp.  with respect to the Pension
Plan. To the extent that the TPP Deposit is  insufficient to satisfy any loss or
liability of GE Acq. Corp. with respect to the Pension Plan, all other assets of
the Company  including  any portion of the General  Deposit  paid to the Company
will be subject to such claims.  Upon final  resolution of the issues related to
the  Company's  Pension  Plan  and  satisfaction  from  the TPP  Deposit  of any
liabilities thereunder including any loss or liability incurred by GE Acq. Corp.
with  respect to the  Pension  Plan,  any  remaining  funds of the TPP  Deposit,
including  accrued  interest (the "TPP  Balance"),  will be  transferred  by the
Escrow Agent to the Company.  After transfer by the Escrow Agent to the Company,
the TPP Balance  will be an  unrestricted  asset of the  Company  subject to any
claims  including  claims of GE Acq.  Corp.  for breaches by the Company and the
Primary  Shareholders  of  their  representations,   warranties,  covenants  and
agreements  under the Asset Purchase  Agreement.  The TPP Deposit may be reduced
(in which event the Closing Payment will be increased in an amount equal to such
reduction), if prior to the Closing Date, the Company and GE Acq. Corp. agree to
such reduction.


     The Closing is subject to various  conditions  including among others,  the
Company having the requisite Adjusted Net Worth on the Closing Date as described
above;  the absence of any material  adverse  change in the business,  assets or
financial  condition of the Company from June 30, 1997 to the Closing Date;  the
execution  and  delivery on the  Closing  Date by the  Primary  Shareholders  of
employment  contracts  with GECITS as hereinafter  described;  the expiration or
early termination of any applicable  waiting period under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR Act") with respect to filings made
by the Company and GE Acq. Corp.  under the HSR Act; the release of all liens or
security  interests on the Company's Assets being sold; the cancellation of each
employment  agreement to which the Company is a party;  a physical  audit of the
Company's  Inventory  conducted  immediately  prior to the  Closing  Date  being
reasonably  satisfactory to GE Acq. Corp.; the lease for the Company's principal
facility  in  Branchburg,  New  Jersey  being  assigned  to  GE  Acq.  Corp.  or
satisfactory  alternative  provisions  permitting the use of such premises being
made;  and the Asset  Purchase  Agreement  and all other  matters  necessary  to
effectuate the transactions provided for therein being approved and adopted at a
duly called Special  Meeting by the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority of
the Company's outstanding Common Stock.


     The Asset Purchase Agreement has been amended to provide that the
obligations of the Company and the Primary Shareholders on the one hand, and GE
Acq. Corp. on the other, to consummate the sale and purchase are subject to the
condition that no later than 24 hours prior to the Special Meeting of
Stockholders, the Major Customer and its affiliates shall not have entered into
business arrangements with a person or entity other than the Company or GE Acq.
Corp. or its affiliates with respect to substantially all of the business that
such Major Customer and its affiliates previously conducted with the Company.
At the present time, GE Acq. Corp. intends to abandon the proposed purchase if
such event occurs.


                                       13


<PAGE>

OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR

     On August 1, 1997, Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc.
("Houlihan  Lokey") delivered its written opinion to the Board of Directors that
the  consideration  being  paid to the  Company  for its  assets  including  its
operating  business and the  consideration to be received by the shareholders of
the Company in connection with the proposed  transaction (the  "Transaction") is
fair to them from a financial  point of view.  Houlihan Lokey did not opine with
respect to the fairness of the consideration to be received by the Company for a
6.32 acre tract of  unimproved  real property in  Mountainside,  New Jersey (the
"Excluded  Real  Property")  but  relied on the  Hannoch  Appraisal  hereinafter
described  in order to assess the value of the Company,  taken as a whole.  (See
"Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction - John J. Wilk.")

     The full  text of this  written  opinion  (the  "Fairness  Opinion")  which
includes a description of the procedures  followed,  the matters  considered and
the assumptions made by Houlihan Lokey in arriving at its opinion is attached as
Exhibit D to this Proxy  Statement and should be carefully read in its entirety.
The Fairness Opinion does not constitute a recommendation  to any stockholder to
vote his shares in favor of Proposal One.

     In developing the fairness opinion, Houlihan Lokey, among other things:

   1.reviewed the Company's  annual report to  shareholders on Form 10-K for the
     fiscal year ended 1996 and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for four quarters
     including the quarter ended March 31, 1997, which the Company's  management
     identified as being the most current financial statements available;

   2.reviewed a draft of the Asset  Purchase  Agreement and Exhibits  between GE
     Acq. Corp. and the Company dated as of June 10, 1997;

   3.reviewed an appraisal of the Company's land held for development  performed
     by Hannoch Appraisal dated April 14, 1997;

   4.met with certain members of senior management of the Company to discuss the
     operations,  financial condition, future prospects and projected operations
     and performance of the Company, and met with representatives of the Company
     to discuss certain matters;

     5. visited certain facilities and business offices of the Company;

   6.reviewed  forecasts and  projections  prepared by the Company's  management
     with respect to the Company for the years ended June 30, 1997 through 2000;

     7.  reviewed  the  historical  market  prices  and  trading  volume for the
     Company's publicly traded securities;

   8.reviewed  certain  other  publicly  available  financial  data for  certain
     companies  that  they  deemed  comparable  to  the  Company,  and  publicly
     available  prices  and  premiums  paid  in  other  transactions  that  they
     considered similar to the Transaction; and

   9.conducted  such  other  studies,  analyses  and  inquiries  as they  deemed
     appropriate  including reviewing industry studies regarding business trends
     in the Company's industry.

     In determining whether or not the consideration to be paid by GE Acq. Corp.
pursuant to the proposed  Transactions  is fair, from a financial point of view,
to the stockholders of the Company,  Houlihan Lokey utilized accepted  valuation
methodologies,  including the market  capitalization  and  discounted  cash flow
approaches.

     The market  capitalization  approach  is a method of  determining  the fair
market value of a company by determining a level of earnings which is considered
to be  representative  of the future  operating  performance  of the company and
capitalizing this level at a selected multiple.  Comparable public companies are
selected for comparison purposes and a risk analysis is performed. The selection
of appropriate  multiples for the company is made based on this comparative risk
analysis  and  a  thorough   analysis  of  the  comparable   market   multiples.
Capitalizing the representative  levels at the selected multiple  determines the
company's total invested capital.  Certain  adjustments for nonoperating  assets
and interest  bearing  debt are made to  determine  the fair market value of the
company's equity.

     Houlihan  Lokey  reviewed and compared the  financial  operating and market
performance of the following group of twelve companies with that of the Company:
AlphaNet  Solutions,  Inc., ATEC Group, Inc.,  CompuCom Systems,  Inc., Dataflex
Corp.,  Ingram  Micro,  Inc.,  Intelligent  Electronics,  Inc.,  Merisel,  Inc.,
Southern  Electronics Corp., Tech Data Corp.,  InaCom Corp.,  MicroAge Inc., and
Vanstar Corp. (the "Comparable Group"). Houlihan Lokey examined certain publicly
available or estimated financial data of the Comparable Group, including


                                       14


<PAGE>

total  revenue,  total  assets,  earnings  before  interest and taxes  ("EBIT"),
earnings before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  ("EBITDA"),
interest-bearing debt and net income.  Houlihan Lokey also reviewed market data,
including  various trading  multiples such as stock price to earnings per share,
enterprise  value to EBIT and  enterprise  value to EBITDA.  Houlihan Lokey also
considered other financial data (including  margins and growth rates) as well as
certain  operating  information for the Comparable Group. This analysis resulted
in a range of aggregate  common equity values of $7.9 million to $15.3  million.
Houlihan Lokey's analysis indicated that for the publicly traded companies,  the
total  enterprise  value (TIC) to EBIT multiples ranged from 5.0 to 17.6 and the
TIC to EBITDA  multiples  ranged  from 3.8 to 14.7.  The  implied  TIC/EBIT  and
TIC/EBITDA  multiples for the Company based on a $20,500,000  purchase price are
19.9 and 14.0, respectively.

     The  discounted  cash flow approach is another  method of  determining  the
value  of  an  operating  enterprise.  This  approach  entails  determining  the
appropriate cash flows to discount,  based upon projected income  statements and
balance  sheets  for  the  enterprise.  An  appropriate  discount  rate  for the
enterprise's  projections  is selected  based upon an  analysis  of  alternative
investments,  including public company discount rates. The terminal value, which
is the value of the enterprise at the end of the projected period, is determined
by using a market capitalization approach. The summation of the discounted value
of the  projected  periods  and  the  discounted  value  of the  terminal  value
determines the enterprise's total invested capital.  Similarly, to determine the
fair market  value of the  enterprise's  equity,  adjustments  for  nonoperating
assets and interest bearing debt are made.

     Using the  discounted  cash flow  analysis,  Houlihan  Lokey  estimated the
present  value of the future  cash flows that the  Company  could be expected to
produce  over  a  three-year  period  from  1997  through  2000,  under  various
assumptions  and in  accordance  with  management  forecasts and estimates as to
future  performance.  Houlihan  Lokey  determined a common  equity  market value
reference  range for the Company by adding (i) the present value (using discount
rates of 16.5% to 18.5% as  determined  on the basis of a comparison to industry
weighted average costs of capital) of the three-year unleveraged free cash flows
of the Company and (ii) the present value of the Company's 2000 terminal  value.
The terminal  values were determined by multiplying  2000 projected  EBITDA by a
range of multiples  determined  based on  comparable  companies  (ranging from 9
times to 11 times).  This resulted in a range of aggregate  common equity values
of $6.1 million to $7.1 million.

     Houlihan Lokey relied upon and assumed,  without independent  verification,
that  the  financial  forecasts  and  projections  provided  to  them  had  been
reasonably  prepared and reflected the best currently available estimates of the
future financial results and condition of the Company and that there had been no
material change in the assets, financial condition, business or prospects of the
Company since the date of the most recent financial statements made available to
them. Houlihan Lokey did not independently  verify the accuracy and completeness
of the  information  supplied  to them with  respect to the  Company and did not
assume any  responsibility  with respect to it.  Houlihan Lokey did not make any
independent  appraisal for any of the  properties or assets of the Company.  The
opinion  was based on  business,  economic,  market  and other  conditions  that
existed and that could be evaluated by Houlihan  Lokey as of August 1, 1997. The
opinion of  Houlihan  Lokey did not address the  Company's  underlying  business
decision to effect the proposed Transaction.

     The  Company  has agreed to pay  Houlihan  Lokey a fee of  $75,000  for its
services in connection with the proposed Transaction  including its rendering of
the opinion dated August 1, 1997 relating to the proposed  Transaction  referred
to  above.  This fee is  payable  whether  or not the  proposed  Transaction  is
consummated.  The Company has also agreed to  reimburse  Houlihan  Lokey for its
out-of-pocket   expenses  and  to  indemnify   Houlihan  Lokey  against  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities under the federal securities laws, that may
arise in connection with the proposed Transaction.

     Houlihan Lokey did not participate in the structuring or negotiating of the
proposed  Transaction  or the form or  amount  of the  consideration  to be paid
therefor.

     The Board of Directors of the Company retained  Houlihan Lokey on the basis
of the firm's reputation, experience and familiarity with the Company's industry
and with merger and  acquisition  transactions.  As part of its  investment  and
financial  advisory  business,  Houlihan  Lokey  is  regularly  engaged  in  the
valuation of  businesses  in connection  with mergers and  acquisitions  and for
corporate and other  purposes.  Houlihan Lokey is a nationally  recognized  firm
which has provided investment banking services to numerous clients for more than
twenty years.


                                       15


<PAGE>

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE TRANSACTION

     In considering the recommendation of the Board of Directors with respect to
the proposed sale and Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution,  stockholders  should
be aware that  certain  members  of the  Company's  management  and its Board of
Directors  have  interests  in the  proposed  sale that are in  addition  to the
interests of the Company's stockholders generally.

     STEVEN J. WILK-is the president,  chief executive officer and a director of
the  Company.  He is the son of John J.  Wilk,  chairman  of the  board  and the
brother of Susan Wilk-Cort, a director of the Company. He is also the beneficial
owner of 393,500 shares representing  approximately 8% of the outstanding shares
of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  As a condition of the Closing,  the Buyer has
required  that  Steven J. Wilk,  as well as Jay A. Smolyn  (the  Company's  vice
president-operations and a director), each agrees effective on the Closing Date,
to the cancellation of his current  employment  agreement with the Company,  and
that each  executes  a new  employment  agreement  at the  Closing  with GE Acq.
Corp.'s parent, GECITS. See "Management  Remuneration" herein as to the terms of
Steven J. Wilk's current employment agreement. Assuming the Closing takes place,
Steven  J.  Wilk  has  agreed  to the  cancellation  of his  current  employment
agreement  at the  Closing and has also agreed to waive his rights to any future
payments thereunder including  termination payments as well as his rights to any
bonuses thereunder for periods subsequent to December 31, 1997.

     The new  employment  agreement  to be  executed at the Closing by Steven J.
Wilk  with  GECITS  will be for a  three-year  term  and  will  provide  for his
employment  in a  managerial  capacity  on a  full-time  basis  as an area  vice
president of GECITS.  Pursuant to the new employment  agreement,  Steven J. Wilk
will be paid a Base Salary of $150,000 per annum.  In  addition,  Steven J. Wilk
will also receive a special signing bonus of $150,000, a portion or all of which
is  required to be repaid by him if he  voluntarily  terminates  his  employment
during the term of the new employment  agreement other than for cause, or if his
employment is terminated by GECITS for cause. The new employment  agreement will
also  provide for a  performance  bonus not to exceed  $80,000 in the first year
contingent  upon Steven J. Wilk  achieving  a  successful  consolidation  of the
Company's operations with GECITS' New Jersey and Maryland operations and is also
contingent upon achieving certain expense reductions.  Steven J. Wilk would also
be  eligible  for  performance  bonuses of not less than  $80,000 in each of the
following two years if standards  and goals not yet specified are achieved.  The
new  agreement  will also  entitle  Steven J. Wilk to  participation  in GECITS'
employee  benefit  plans  established  for the benefit of its  employees  and/or
established in general for its executives and key employees. Steven J. Wilk will
also be subject to certain  non-competition  restrictions  from  competing  with
GECITS' business.

     As a "Primary  Shareholder,"  Steven J. Wilk (as well as Jay A. Smolyn) has
joined  the  Company  in  making  the  various  representations  and  warranties
concerning the Company's business  operations and financial  condition contained
in the Asset Purchase  Agreement and has agreed to indemnify GE Acq. Corp.,  its
shareholders and their officers and directors from any claims or losses based on
material breaches of such  representations  and warranties or based upon failure
of compliance with their covenants and agreements contained in or arising out of
the Asset  Purchase  Agreement.  Assuming that he is re-elected as a director of
the Company at the Meeting,  Steven J. Wilk will continue to serve as a director
of the Company. See Proposal Two.

     JAY A.  SMOLYN-is  the  vice  president-operations  and a  director  of the
Company.  He  is  also  the  beneficial  owner  of  85,000  shares  representing
approximately  2% of the outstanding  shares of the Company's Common Stock. As a
condition of the Closing,  the Buyer has required  that Mr.  Smolyn,  as well as
Steven J. Wilk, each agrees  effective on the Closing Date, to the  cancellation
of his current employment  agreement with the Company,  and that each executes a
new  employment   agreement  at  the  Closing  with  GECITS.   See   "Management
Remuneration"  herein  as to the  terms of Jay A.  Smolyn's  current  employment
agreement.  Assuming  the  Closing  takes  place,  Jay A.  Smolyn  has agreed in
consideration  for  the  payment  to him  by  the  Company  of  $25,000,  to the
cancellation  of his  current  employment  agreement  at the  Closing and to the
waiver of his rights to any future  payments  thereunder  including  termination
payments as well as his rights to any bonuses  thereunder for periods subsequent
to December 31, 1997.

     The new employment agreement to be executed at the Closing by Jay A. Smolyn
and GECITS will be for a three-year  term and will provide for his employment in
a  managerial  capacity  on a  full-time  basis  under  the title  "Director  of
Technical Services." Pursuant to the new employment  agreement,  Mr. Smolyn will
be paid a Base Salary of $100,000  per annum.  Mr.  Smolyn will also be eligible
for a performance bonus of up to $60,000


                                       16

<PAGE>

for each year of the agreement provided various business objectives, still to
be determined, are achieved. Mr. Smolyn will also be subject to certain
non-competition restrictions from competing with GECITS' business.

     As a "Primary  Shareholder,"  Jay A. Smolyn (as well as Steven J. Wilk) has
joined  the  Company  in  making  the  various  representations  and  warranties
concerning the Company's business  operations and financial  condition contained
in the Asset Purchase  Agreement and has agreed to indemnify GE Acq. Corp.,  its
shareholders and their officers and directors from any claims or losses based on
material breaches of such  representations  and warranties or based upon failure
of compliance with their covenants and agreements contained in or arising out of
the Asset  Purchase  Agreement.  Assuming that he is re-elected as a director of
the Company at the Meeting,  Jay A. Smolyn will  continue to serve as a director
of the Company. See Proposal Two.

     JOHN J. WILK-is the chairman of the board and the treasurer of the Company.
He is the father of Steven J. Wilk and of Susan Wilk-Cort.  John J. Wilk is also
the beneficial  owner of 174,550  shares  representing  approximately  3% of the
outstanding  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  John J. Wilk  serves as a
consultant  to the Company  pursuant to a consulting  agreement  which is due to
expire at the end of fiscal 2000 providing for annual  compensation  of $15,000.
Assuming the Closing takes place, John J. Wilk has agreed to the cancellation of
his consulting agreement.

     John J. Wilk and Raymond J. Rekuc, a director of the Company,  are the sole
partners of W.  Realty,  a  partnership  which  subleases  to the  Company,  the
approximately  21,000 square foot facility in Branchburg,  New Jersey serving as
the Company's  executive,  administrative,  corporate  sales offices and service
center.  The sublease is  "net-net,"  expires by its terms in February  2001 and
provides for a monthly rental of $15,492, escalating to $16,112 per month during
the  twelve-month  period ending  February 1999, to $16,820 per month during the
following twelve months and to $17,351 per month during the final twelve months.
With respect to the twelve-month period ending February 1999, GE Acq. Corp. will
utilize the Branchburg  premises and will be responsible for payment of the rent
therefor to W. Realty of $16,112 per month.

     Excluded from the sale to GE Acq. Corp. is an approximately 6.32 acre tract
of  unimproved  real property in  Mountainside,  New Jersey owned by the Company
since  1979  (the  "Excluded   Real   Property")  and  any  net  cash  or  other
consideration  which the Company  receives  therefor  prior to the Closing.  The
Company  ordered and obtained an appraisal of the Excluded  Real  Property  from
Hannoch Appraisal Company,  Livingston, New Jersey dated April 14, 1997, valuing
the Excluded Real Property at $1,000,000.  GE Acq. Corp. refused to increase the
purchase  price  by the  appraised  value  of the  Excluded  Real  Property  and
indicated,  due to environmental concerns, that it had no interest in purchasing
such property. On November 11, 1997, the Company sold the Excluded Real Property
for its appraised value of $1,000,000 to W. Realty.  The purchase price was paid
through a credit  extended by W. Realty for the  $410,000 of rent payable by the
Company  over the final two years of the said  sublease and through the issuance
by W. Realty of a $590,000  promissory  note payable to the Company in principal
installments  of $150,000 in February  1998 and $440,000 in November  1998.  The
note bears  interest at the rate of 8% per annum and is secured by a mortgage on
the Excluded Real Property.

     Assuming that he is re-elected as a director of the Company at the
Meeting, John J. Wilk will continue to serve as a director of the Company. See
Proposal Two.

     RAYMOND J.  REKUC-is a director  of the  Company as well as chairman of the
audit committee and a member of the compensation  committee. He and John J. Wilk
are the sole partners of W. Realty which  subleases its  Branchburg,  New Jersey
facilities  to the Company and which  purchased  the Excluded Real Property from
the Company as described above.

     Assuming that he is re-elected as a director of the Company at the
Meeting, Mr. Rekuc will continue to serve as a director of the Company. See
Proposal Two.

     SUSAN WILK-CORT-is a director of the Company. She is the daughter of John
J. Wilk and the sister of Steven J. Wilk. She is also the beneficial owner of
78,200 shares representing approximately 1% of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock. Susan Wilk-Cort has been employed by the Company since
November 1987. The Board of Directors has determined that if the Closing takes
place and if Mrs. Cort is not offered employment by GE Acq. Corp. or its parent
on reasonably satisfactory terms, the Company will make a $100,000 severance
payment to her. Assuming that she is re-elected as a director at the Meeting,
Ms. Wilk-Cort will continue to serve as a director of the Company. See Proposal
Two.

     MARK  STANOCH  AND ANNETTE  STANOCH-Mark  Stanoch  was the  Company's  vice
president,  sales until his resignation  effective  December 31, 1997. His wife,
Annette Stanoch is the Company's vice president, planning.


                                       17


<PAGE>

They are the  beneficial  owners of an  aggregate  167,000  shares  representing
approximately  3% of the outstanding  shares of the Company's Common Stock. As a
condition of the Closing,  the Buyer  required  that Mr. and Mrs.  Stanoch agree
effective  on or before the Closing  Date,  to the  cancellation  of his and her
employment agreements with the Company. See "Management  Remuneration" herein as
to the terms of such  agreements.  Mr.  Stanoch  resigned all positions with the
Company effective  December 31, 1997 and is not entitled to any further payments
with respect to periods  subsequent to such date. Mrs. Stanoch has agreed to the
cancellation at the Closing of her employment agreement and to the waiver of her
rights to any future payments thereunder including termination payments, as well
as to any bonuses  thereunder  for periods  subsequent  to December 31, 1997, in
consideration for the payment by the Company to her of $25,000.


ANTICIPATED ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

     The transaction will be accounted for as a sale by the Company and as a
purchase by GE Acq. Corp. The difference, if any, between the fair market value
of the net assets of the Company being purchased and the amount paid therefor
will presumably be recorded by GE Acq. Corp. on its financial statements as
goodwill.


CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The Company's sale of its operating assets to GE Acq. Corp. will be
primarily taxed as a capital gain based upon the difference between the net
proceeds realized and the Company's adjusted basis for the assets sold, net of
available net operating loss carryforwards. There will be no federal or state
income tax consequences resulting from the sale to the holders of the Company's
Common Stock (although there will be income tax consequences to them upon
distributions made to them in connection with the liquidation and dissolution
of the Company as hereinafter described). See "Pro Forma Adjusted Financial
Statements."


APPRAISAL RIGHTS

     Under Delaware law,  holders of the Company's Common Stock are not entitled
to appraisal rights for their shares in connection with the proposed sale of the
Company's  operating assets (or in connection with the proposed  liquidation and
dissolution) or to any similar dissenters' rights.


PLAN OF LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION


IN THE EVENT THAT THE CLOSING OF THE SALE TO GE ACQ. CORP. DOES NOT TAKE PLACE,
        THE PLAN OF LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION WILL NOT BE EFFECTUATED

     However,  if the Closing of the sale of substantially  all of the Company's
operating  assets,  subject to certain  liabilities,  to GE Acq. Corp. does take
place, the Board of Directors  believes that it will be in the best interests of
the Company's  stockholders to liquidate the Company by distributing to them the
Company's  net  assets  through  cash  distributions  and then to  dissolve  the
Company.  No assurances can be given that, as a consequence of the  liquidation,
holders of the Company's Common Stock will receive aggregate cash  distributions
per share  which  exceed  the  prices at which the  Company's  Common  Stock has
generally  traded. In the event of insufficient cash amounts being available for
liquidation  distributions,   stockholders  could  be  adversely  affected.  See
"Contingency  Reserve;  Liquidating  Trust"  and "Pro Forma  Adjusted  Financial
Statements."

     The  Board  of  Directors   presently   intends  to  pay  an  initial  cash
distribution  of between $2.30 and $2.50 per share to stockholders on a PRO RATA
basis on or before  December 31, 1998 (the "Initial  Distribution")  provided at
such time, it is of the opinion that the Contingency Reserve hereinafter defined
is adequate to operate the Company until  dissolution  as well as to provide for
the Company's  obligations,  liabilities  (actual and  contingent) and expenses.
Depending on their tax basis for their shares,  stockholders  may be required to
recognize gain for tax purposes upon receipt of distributions in liquidation and
upon the  transfer  of any  undistributed  assets to a  liquidating  trust.  See
"Liquidating  Distributions," "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "Pro
Forma Adjusted Financial Statements."

     Pursuant to the Plan and  provided  the Closing  occurs,  the Company  will
effectively  distribute all of its remaining assets to its stockholders  through
cash distributions,  provided that assets undistributed by the fifth anniversary
of the approval of the Plan by the Company's  stockholders  shall be transferred
to a liquidating trust and thereafter shall be sold or otherwise  disposed of on
terms approved by its trustees.Assuming the Closing


                                       18


<PAGE>

occurs, no further  stockholder votes will be solicited with respect to approval
of the specific terms of any asset sales approved by the then Board of Directors
or, if applicable, the trustees of such liquidating trust.

     Subject to payment or provision for payment of the  Company's  indebtedness
and other  obligations (to the extent not assumed by GE Acq. Corp.),  as well as
tax  liabilities,  the cash proceeds from the Company's  sale to GE Acq.  Corp.,
together with any other available cash, will be distributed from time to time on
a PRO RATA basis to the holders of the  Company's  Common  Stock on record dates
selected by the Board for such  distributions.  In  addition  to the  $2,000,000
Escrow Fund to be established in connection with the sale to GE Acq. Corp.,  the
Board  of  Directors  has   determined  to  establish  a  contingency   fund  of
approximately  $400,000 which it believes,  together with funds  attributable to
payment of the $590,000  note  delivered to the Company in  connection  with its
sale of the Excluded Real Property (the  "Excluded  Real Property  Receivable"),
will be sufficient to operate the Company until dissolution, and which, together
with the Escrow Fund, it believes will be sufficient to satisfy the liabilities,
expenses and  obligations  of the Company not  otherwise  paid,  provided for or
discharged  immediately  after the Closing.  The contingency  fund, the Excluded
Real Property Receivable and the Escrow Fund are at times collectively  referred
to as the  "Contingency  Reserve." The net balance,  if any, of the  Contingency
Reserve remaining (including interest earned on cash in the Contingency Reserve)
after  payment,  provision  or  discharge  of  all  liabilities,   expenses  and
obligations,  also will be distributed to the Company's stockholders PRO RATA or
to the  liquidating  trust.  Although the Company  presently  intends to pay the
Initial  Distribution on or before December 31, 1998, no assurances can be given
that available cash at such time together with the  Contingency  Reserve will be
adequate in the  Board's  judgment  to provide  for the  Company's  obligations,
liabilities,  expenses  and  claims  as well as to fund  such  distribution.  In
addition,  the Company may, as authorized by the Board of Directors,  repurchase
shares of Common Stock in open market  purchases.  Such purchases would decrease
amounts  distributable  to  remaining  stockholders  if the Company  were to pay
amounts in excess of the per share values ultimately distributable in respect of
the shares  purchased  and would  increase  amounts  distributable  to remaining
stockholders  if the Company  were to pay amounts less than the per share values
ultimately   distributable   in  respect  of  such  shares.   See   "Liquidating
Distributions," "Contingency Reserve; Liquidating Trust" and "Pro Forma Adjusted
Financial Statements."

     If all the Company's assets are not sold or distributed  prior to the fifth
anniversary  of the  approval  of the Plan by the  Company's  stockholders,  the
Company  shall  transfer  any  assets  not sold or  distributed  (including  any
Contingency Reserve) to a liquidating trust. In the event a liquidating trust is
established,  the Company would  distribute  PRO RATA to the then holders of its
Common Stock beneficial interests in such liquidating trust ("Interests"). It is
anticipated that the Interests will not be freely transferable;  hence, although
the  recipients  of the  Interests  will be treated  for tax  purposes as having
received their PRO RATA share of property  transferred to the liquidating  trust
and will thereafter  take into account for tax purposes their allocable  portion
of any income,  expense,  gain or loss realized by such trust, the recipients of
the  Interests  will not realize the value  thereof  unless and until such trust
distributes cash or other assets to them, which will be solely in the discretion
of the trustees.

     The Company  will close its  transfer  books on the earlier to occur of the
final liquidating  distribution or the date on which the Company ceases to exist
under Delaware law, and thereafter will not record any further  transfers of its
Common  Stock  nor  issue any new stock  certificates,  other  than  replacement
certificates.  See "Listing and Trading of the Common Stock and Interests in the
Liquidating Trust" and "Final Record Date."

     A  Certificate  of  Dissolution  will be filed  with the State of  Delaware
completing  the  liquidation  and  dissolution  process.  No  federal  or  state
regulatory   requirements  must  be  complied  with  or  approvals  obtained  in
connection with the liquidation.

     Under the Plan, if the Board of Directors  determines that  liquidation and
dissolution  are not in the best  interests of the Company or its  stockholders,
the Board may direct that the Plan be abandoned.  The Company  nevertheless  may
cause the performance, without further stockholder approval, of any contract for
the  sale of  assets  which  the  Board  of  Directors  deems  to be in the best
interests of the Company (except that the Company shall not consummate the Asset
Purchase  Agreement or any other sale of substantially  all of its assets and/or
business  without  stockholder  approval  thereof).  The Board also may amend or
modify the Plan if it determines  such action to be in the best interests of the
Company or its  stockholders,  without  the  necessity  of  further  stockholder
approval.


LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTIONS

     Although the Board has not established a firm timetable for distributions
to stockholders if the Plan is

                                       19


<PAGE>

approved and the Closing of the Sale to GE Acq.  Corp.  takes  place,  the Board
will,  subject to the requirements for maintaining  adequate reserves to pay all
of the  Company's  liabilities  and  obligations,  make  such  distributions  as
promptly as practicable  consistent with maximizing stockholder value. The Board
of Directors  presently  intends to pay an initial cash  distribution of between
$2.30  and  $2.50 per  share to  stockholders  on a PRO RATA  basis on or before
December 31,  1998,  provided  that at such time,  it is of the opinion that the
Contingency Reserve is adequate to operate the Company until dissolution as well
as  to  provide  for  the  Company's   obligations,   liabilities   (actual  and
contingent),  and expenses.  The Board is, however,  currently unable to predict
with certainty the precise amount of any  distributions  of cash pursuant to the
Plan.  The actual  amount and timing of, and record date for, all  distributions
will be determined by the Board of Directors,  in its sole discretion,  and will
depend upon the amounts deemed  necessary by the Board to pay or provide for all
of the  Company's  liabilities  and  obligations.  The Company  does not plan to
satisfy all of its liabilities and obligations prior to making  distributions to
its  stockholders,  but instead will reserve  assets  deemed by management to be
adequate  to provide  for  satisfying  such  liabilities  and  obligations.  See
"Contingency  Reserve;  Liquidating  Trust."  Management  believes that upon the
Closing of the sale to GE Acq.  Corp.,  the Company will have sufficient cash to
pay its  current  and  accrued  obligations.  However,  the  ultimate  amount of
liabilities   make  it  impracticable  to  predict  the  aggregate  net  amounts
ultimately distributable to stockholders.  Claims, liabilities and expenses from
operations will continue to accrue following approval of the Plan and Closing of
the sale, and the Company  anticipates that expenses for  professional  fees and
other expenses of liquidation  will be  significant.  These expenses will reduce
the amount of assets available for ultimate distribution to stockholders.  While
the Company  does not believe  that a precise  estimate  of those  expenses  can
presently be made,  management believes that available cash, interest income and
the amounts which will be received upon the Closing of the sale to GE Acq. Corp.
will be adequate to provide for the Company's obligations, liabilities, expenses
and claims (including contingent  liabilities) and to make cash distributions to
stockholders.  However, no assurances can be given as to the foregoing. See "Pro
Forma Adjusted Financial Statements." Also see "Contingency Reserve; Liquidating
Trust" for a discussion of certain circumstances under which a stockholder could
be held liable to  creditors  of the  Company  for the  payment of expenses  and
liabilities  (such  obligation  to be limited  to the  amounts  received  by the
stockholder as distributions from the Company or the liquidating trust).


CONDUCT OF THE COMPANY FOLLOWING ADOPTION OF THE PLAN AND COMPLETION OF THE
   SALE TO GE ACQ. CORP.

     Assuming adoption by the stockholders of Proposal One and completion of the
sale to GE Acq.  Corp.,  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  will be
amended  to  change  the  Company's  name to "TRNL  Corp.",  and the  activities
thereafter  will be limited to winding up its affairs,  providing for payment of
its  liabilities and obligations and dissolving in accordance with Delaware law.
If the seven present  members of the Board of Directors are re-elected  pursuant
to Proposal Two, they will  continue to serve during the  liquidation  and until
dissolution of the Company as "caretaker" directors (the "Caretaker Board"). The
members of the  Caretaker  Board will each receive  compensation  for serving as
such at the rate of $500 per month,  it being  contemplated  that such  services
will be rendered on a part-time  basis.  The Caretaker Board may elect executive
officers of the Company (who may be members of the Caretaker  Board),  and shall
determine  the  compensation  to be paid by the Company to such  individuals  in
their capacities as officers as well as to any employees, agents, consultants or
representatives  who they retain in connection with  implementation of the Plan.
Unless unusual  unforeseen  efforts are required to be undertaken by a member of
the Caretaker Board in his capacity as an executive  officer,  employee,  agent,
consultant  or  representative  of the  Company,  he will not be entitled to any
additional  compensation for service in any such capacity.  Approval of the Plan
shall also constitute the approval by the Company's  stockholders of the payment
of any such compensation.

     Pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall indemnify its officers,  directors,
employees,  agents and  representatives for actions taken in connection with the
Plan and the winding up of the affairs of the Company.  The Company's obligation
to indemnify such persons may also be satisfied out of assets of any liquidating
trust established hereunder.


CONTINGENCY RESERVE; LIQUIDATING TRUST

     Under  Delaware  law,  the  Company is  required,  in  connection  with its
dissolution,  to pay or  provide  for  payment  of  all of its  liabilities  and
obligations.

     Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement with GE Acq. Corp., a $2,000,000
Escrow Fund will be established. One half of the Escrow Fund (the "General
Deposit") will be held in escrow to insure the accuracy of


                                       20


<PAGE>

the  representations  and  warranties  made  by  the  Company  and  the  Primary
Shareholders in the Asset Purchase Agreement and to insure compliance with their
covenants  and  agreements  contained  in or arising  out of the Asset  Purchase
Agreement.  In addition, the Company and the Primary Shareholders have agreed to
purchase any of the Company's  Accounts  Receivable sold to GE Acq. Corp.  which
remain uncollected 180 days after the Closing;  provided that if they fail to do
so,  the  payment  may be made  from  the  General  Deposit.  If no claim to the
contrary is made by GE Acq.  Corp.,  the General  Deposit will be transferred by
the Escrow Agent to the Company  together with accrued  interest  within 45 days
following the first anniversary of the Closing Date.

     The other  half of the  Escrow  Fund (The  "TPP  Deposit")  will be held in
escrow until resolution of issues related to the Company's Pension Plan and will
be utilized to satisfy various types of payments required to be made in order to
resolve  open  issues  related to the Pension  Plan and also to satisfy  loss or
liability  (if any) of GE Acq.  Corp.  with respect to the Pension  Plan. To the
extent that the TPP Deposit is  insufficient to satisfy any loss or liability of
GE Acq. Corp.  with respect to the Pension Plan, all other assets of the Company
including any portion of the General Deposit paid to the Company will be subject
to  such  claims.  Upon  final  resolution  of  all  Pension  Plan  issues,  and
satisfaction  from the TPP Deposit of any liabilities  thereunder  including any
loss or liability  incurred by GE Acq.  Corp.  with respect to the Pension Plan,
any remaining  funds of the TPP Deposit,  including  accrued  interest (the "TPP
Balance"),  will be  transferred  by the  Escrow  Agent  to the  Company.  After
transfer  by the  Escrow  Agent  to the  Company,  the  TPP  Balance  will be an
unrestricted  asset of the Company subject to any claims  including claims of GE
Acq.  Corp.  for breaches by the Company and the Primary  Shareholders  of their
representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements under the Asset Purchase
Agreement.

     In addition to the Escrow Fund,  the Board of Directors  has  determined to
establish  a  contingency  fund of  approximately  $400,000  which it  believes,
together  with  payment  of  the  Excluded  Real  Property  Receivable  will  be
sufficient to operate the Company until  dissolution,  and which,  together with
the Escrow Fund,  it believes  will be  sufficient  to satisfy the  liabilities,
expenses and  obligations  of the Company not  otherwise  paid,  provided for or
discharged  immediately after the Closing. The Escrow Fund, the contingency fund
and the Excluded Real Property Receivable comprise the "Contingency Reserve."

     The actual  size of the  Contingency  Reserve is based upon  estimates  and
opinions of  management  derived from  consultations  with  outside  experts and
review of the Company's estimated operating expenses and liabilities (actual and
contingent)  and  obligations.  There can be no assurance  that the  Contingency
Reserve will be sufficient. Subsequent to its establishment and after release of
the Escrow Fund, the Company will distribute to its stockholders any portions of
the  Contingency  Reserve  which it deems no  longer to be  required.  After the
liabilities, expenses and obligations for which the Contingency Reserve had been
established  have been  satisfied in full,  the Company will  distribute  to its
stockholders any remaining portion of the Contingency Reserve.

     If all of the  Company's  assets  are not  distributed  prior to the  fifth
anniversary of the approval of the Plan by the Company's stockholders,  pursuant
to the  provisions of the Plan, the Company must transfer the assets not sold or
distributed (including the Contingency Reserve) to a liquidating trust. The sole
purpose  of  the  trust  will  be to  liquidate  on  terms  satisfactory  to the
liquidating trustees and distribute the proceeds of the assets formerly owned by
the  Company,  after paying any  remaining  liabilities  of the Company,  to the
Company's then  stockholders of record.  The liquidating trust will be obligated
to pay any expenses and liabilities of the Company which remain unsatisfied.  If
the Contingency Reserve transferred to the liquidating trust is exhausted,  such
expenses and liabilities will be satisfied out of the liquidating  trust's other
unsold assets, if any.

     The  Plan  authorizes  the  Board  of  Directors  to  appoint  one or  more
individuals  or  corporate  persons  to  act  as  trustee  or  trustees  of  the
liquidating  trust and to cause the  Company to enter into a  liquidating  trust
agreement  with such  trustee or  trustees on such terms and  conditions  as the
Board of Directors determines. Approval of the Plan will constitute the approval
by the Company's  stockholders of any such  appointment  and  liquidating  trust
agreement.

     In the event the Company  fails to create an adequate  Contingency  Reserve
for payment of its expenses and liabilities,  or should such Contingency Reserve
and  the  assets  held  by the  liquidating  trust  be  exceeded  by the  amount
ultimately  found  payable  in  respect  of  expenses  and   liabilities,   each
stockholder  could  be  held  liable  for  the  payment  to  creditors  of  such
stockholder's PRO RATA share of such excess,  limited to the amounts theretofore
received  by such  stockholder  by way of  distribution  from the Company or the
liquidating trust.


                                       21


<PAGE>

     If a court holds at any time that the  Company has failed to make  adequate
provision for its expenses and liabilities or if the amount ultimately  required
to be paid in respect of such liabilities  exceeds the amount available from the
Contingency  Reserve and the assets of the liquidating  trust, a creditor of the
Company could seek an injunction  against the making of distributions  under the
Plan on the ground that the amounts to be distributed  are needed to provide for
the payment of the  Company's  expenses and  liabilities.  Any such action could
delay  or  substantially   diminish  the  cash   distributions  to  be  made  to
stockholders and/or holders of Interests under the Plan.


FINAL RECORD DATE

     The stock  transfer  books of the Company  will be closed on the earlier to
occur of (i) the close of business on the record date fixed by the Board for the
FINAL  liquidating  distribution or (ii) the date on which the Company ceases to
exist under Delaware law (following any post-dissolution  continuation  period),
and thereafter no further transfers will be recorded on the Company's books, and
no  further  stock   certificates   will  be  issued,   other  than  replacement
certificates.  It is anticipated that no further trading of the Company's shares
will occur after such date (the "Final Record  Date").  See "Listing and Trading
of  the  Common  Stock  and  Interests  in the  Liquidating  Trust"  below.  All
liquidating  distributions  from the  Company on or after the Final  Record Date
will be made to stockholders  according to their  stockholdings  as of the Final
Record Date.  Prior or subsequent to the Final Record Date,  the Company may, at
its election,  require stockholders to surrender certificates representing their
shares  of  the   Company's   Common  Stock  in  order  to  receive   subsequent
distributions.  Stockholders  should not forward their stock certificates before
receiving  instructions to do so. If surrender of stock  certificates  should be
required, all distributions  otherwise payable by the Company or the liquidating
trust, if any, to stockholders who have not surrendered their stock certificates
may be  held in  trust  for  such  stockholders,  without  interest,  until  the
surrender  of  their  certificates  (subject  to  escheat  pursuant  to the laws
relating to unclaimed property).


LISTING AND TRADING OF THE COMMON STOCK AND INTERESTS IN THE LIQUIDATING TRUST

     The  Company  currently  intends to close its  transfer  books on the Final
Record Date and at such time cease  recording  stock transfers and issuing stock
certificates (other than replacement certificates).  Accordingly, it is expected
that  trading in the shares will cease on such date.  Prior to such time,  it is
anticipated  that the market price of the Company's Common Stock will decline as
distributions are made to stockholders. Such price reduction may have a material
adverse affect upon the marketability of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
as many investors,  as a matter of policy,  avoid investment in (or, in the case
of   institutional   investors,   are  restricted  from  acquiring)   low-priced
securities.  In addition,  a variety of brokerage  house  policies and practices
tend to  discourage  individual  brokers  within  those  firms  from  dealing in
low-priced stocks or recommending such securities to their clients.

     Furthermore, in the event the Common Stock at some time in the future shall
become a "penny stock" as defined by  regulations  adopted by the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), it will be subject to Rule 15g-9 promulgated by
the SEC under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 as amended  (the  "Exchange
Act"),  which imposes  additional sales practices on broker-dealers  who solicit
purchases of such  securities  by persons other than  established  customers and
accredited  institutional investors (generally corporations or partnerships with
total assets in excess of $5,000,000). For transactions covered by the rule, the
broker-dealer must make a special suitability  determination as to the purchaser
and must receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to the
purchase. As a result, the rule may have a material adverse effect on the market
price for the  Common  Stock and may limit the  ability of holders of the Common
Stock to resell their shares.  Exempted from the definition of "penny stock" are
among other securities,  equity  securities  authorized for quotation on NASDAQ,
equity  securities of an issuer which has net tangible  assets of $2,000,000 and
has been in continuous operation for at least three years, and equity securities
of an issuer which has average revenue of at least $6,000,000 for the last three
years.  Although the Common Stock currently trades on the OTC Bulletin Board and
is not  authorized  for  quotation  on NASDAQ,  the Company has  appealed to the
Nasdaq  Listing  Council for its Common Stock to be readmitted  for quotation on
NASDAQ.  See "Market for the Company's  Common Stock and Related Security Holder
Matters." In any event based on the current  rules of the SEC, the earliest year
in which the  Company's  Common  Stock  could be  deemed a "penny  stock" is the
fiscal  year  ending  June 30,  2001 as its  sales in the  current  fiscal  year
exceeded $18,000,000 at December 31, 1997.

     No  determination  has yet been made as to  whether  the  Interests  in the
liquidating trust, if any, will be transferable. Such determination will be made
by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the transfer of assets


                                       22


<PAGE>

to the liquidating  trust and will be based on, among other things,  the Board's
estimate of the value of the assets being transferred to the liquidating  trust,
tax matters and the impact of compliance with applicable securities laws. If the
Interests are not  transferable,  ownership may be assigned only by operation of
law or upon death.

     As stockholders will be deemed to have received a liquidating  distribution
equal to their PRO RATA share of the value of the net assets  distributed  to an
entity which is treated as a  liquidating  trust for tax purposes  (see "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences"), the distribution to the trust of assets could
result in immediate  tax  liability to the holders of  Interests  without  their
readily  being able to realize the value of such  Interests to pay such taxes or
otherwise. Should the Interests be transferable, the Company plans to distribute
an information  statement with respect to the  liquidating  trust at the time of
the transfer of assets and the liquidating  trust may be required to comply with
the periodic  reporting and proxy requirements of the Exchange Act. The costs of
compliance with such requirements  would reduce the amount which otherwise could
be distributed to holders of Interests. Even if transferable,  the Interests are
not expected to be listed on a national  securities  exchange or quoted  through
NASDAQ  and the  extent of any  trading  market  therein  cannot  be  predicted.
Furthermore,  the Interests could  constitute  "penny stock"  commencing July 1,
2000  under   current  SEC   regulations   which  could   further   limit  their
transferability.


ABSENCE OF APPRAISAL RIGHTS

     Under Delaware law,  holders of the Company's Common Stock are not entitled
to  appraisal  rights  for their  shares  in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated by the Plan or to any similar dissenters' rights.


CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following  discussion is a summary of the material  Federal  income tax
consequences to the Company and its stockholders  relevant to the Plan, but does
not purport to be a complete  analysis of all the  potential  tax  effects.  The
discussion  is based upon the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"), Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") rulings, and
judicial  decisions  now in  effect,  all of which are  subject to change at any
time; any such changes may be applied  retroactively.  The following  discussion
has no binding effect on the IRS or the courts and assumes that the Company will
liquidate  substantially in accordance with the Plan.  Distributions pursuant to
the Plan may occur at various times and in more than one tax year. No assurances
can be given that the tax treatment  described  herein will remain  unchanged at
the time of such distributions.


CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY

     After the  approval  of the Plan and until the winding up of its affairs is
completed  and the  Company  ceases to exist,  the Company  will  continue to be
subject to tax on its taxable income.


CONSEQUENCES TO STOCKHOLDERS

     Stockholders  will recognize  gain or loss equal to the difference  between
(i) the amount of cash  distributed  to them, and (ii) their tax basis for their
shares of the Company's  Common Stock. A  stockholder's  tax basis in his or her
shares will depend upon various  factors  including the method of acquisition of
such shares and the amount and nature of any distributions received with respect
thereto. To date, the Company has not made any distributions with respect to the
Common Stock.

     Gain or loss will be computed on a "per share" basis.  The Company  expects
to make more than one liquidating distribution,  each of which will be allocated
proportionately  to each  share of stock  owned by a  stockholder.  Gain will be
recognized by reason of a liquidating  distribution  only to the extent that the
aggregate value of such distribution and any prior  liquidating  distribution(s)
received by a  stockholder  with respect to a share exceeds his or her tax basis
for that  share.  Any loss  will  generally  be  recognized  only when the final
distribution  from the Company has been  received and then only if the aggregate
value of the liquidating  distributions with respect to a share is less than the
stockholder's  tax basis for that share,  as adjusted  for prior  distributions.
Gain or loss  recognized by a stockholder  will be capital gain or loss provided
the shares are held as capital  assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the
Code. If the shares are held as capital  assets and the holding  period for such
shares is not more than 12 months,  the maximum  federal  income tax rate on any
gain is 39.6%. If such


                                       23


<PAGE>

holding  period is more than 12 months but not more than 18 months,  the maximum
federal  income tax rate on any gain is 28%. If such holding period is more than
18  months,  the  maximum  federal  income  tax rate is 20%.  To  determine  the
deductibility  of capital  losses,  all capital gains and losses incurred during
the year must be totaled.  Any capital losses are deductible  only to the extent
of any capital gains plus, in the case of non-corporate  shareholders,  ordinary
income of up to $3,000 per year.  Corporate  shareholders can use capital losses
for a tax year only to offset  capital  gains in that  year.  There is no offset
against ordinary income for a corporation.  Individuals and other  non-corporate
shareholders  may carry over a net capital loss for an unlimited  time until the
loss is exhausted.  Corporate shareholders may carry back a capital loss to each
of the three tax years  preceding  the loss year to offset  capital  gains.  Any
excess may be carried forward for five years following the loss year.

     After the close of its taxable year, the Company will provide  stockholders
and  the  IRS  with a  statement  of  the  amount  of  cash  distributed  to the
stockholders during that year.


THE LIQUIDATING TRUST

     If a  liquidating  trust  is used,  stockholders  will be  treated  for tax
purposes  at the time of  transfer  as having  received  their PRO RATA share of
property  transferred to the liquidating  trust,  reduced by the amount of known
liabilities   assumed  by  the  liquidating  trust  or  to  which  the  property
transferred is subject.  The  liquidating  trust itself should not be subject to
tax. After formation of the trust, the  stockholders  must take into account for
Federal income tax purposes their allocable portion of any income, expense, gain
or loss  recognized by the trust. As a result of the transfer of property to the
trust and the ongoing operations of the trust, stockholders should be aware that
they may be  subject  to tax,  whether  or not they  have  received  any  actual
distributions from the liquidating trust with which to pay such tax.


STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Stockholders  may also be subject to  liability  for state and local  taxes
with respect to the receipt of liquidating  distributions and their Interests in
the liquidating trust.

     THE COMPANY  RECOMMENDS  THAT EACH  STOCKHOLDER  CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX
ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.


RECOMMENDATION AND VOTE

     Pursuant  to  Delaware  law,  approval  of  the  sale  by  the  Company  of
substantially all of its operating assets, subject to certain liabilities, to GE
Acq. Corp. and adoption of the Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution  requires the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the
Company.

     THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  OF  THE  COMPANY,   AFTER  CAREFUL   REVIEW  AND
CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS OF THE PROPOSED SALE AND THE PLAN,  BELIEVES THAT THE
SALE AS WELL AS THE  LIQUIDATION  AND  DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY IS IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS AND RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE IN
FAVOR OF PROPOSAL ONE.  CERTAIN  MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY BE DEEMED
TO HAVE A CONFLICT OF INTEREST IN  RECOMMENDING  APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL  ONE.  SEE
"INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE  TRANSACTIONS"  AND "SECURITY  OWNERSHIP OF
CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT."

     If Proposal One is not approved by stockholders or if the sale to GE Acq.
Corp. does not take place, the Board of Directors will continue the Company's
present business operations and will also explore available alternatives for
the future of the Company.


                                       24



<PAGE>

                    PRO FORMA ADJUSTED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA





<TABLE>

                           PRO FORMA                                         HISTORICAL
                          -------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          SEVEN MONTHS   SEVEN MONTHS
                             ENDED          ENDED                              YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                           JANUARY 31,    JANAURY 31,  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1998           1998         1997          1997          1996          1995          1994
                          -------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------

<S>                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 Revenue-  ...............           -    $45,283,668   $68,631,322   $64,200,588   $56,261,605   $40,342,165   $28,903,305
 Net Income   ............  $        -    $   739,559   $ 1,032,567   $ 1,001,640   $   882,466   $   393,870   $   264,644
 Earnings Per Share ......  $        -    $       .14   $       .20   $       .19   $       .17   $       .08   $       .05
Weighted Average             5,216,804      5,216,804     5,216,804     5,216,804     5,155,526     5,041,804     5,041,804
  Number of Shares  ......
 Total Assets ............  $4,698,959    $17,785,289   $18,224,298   $16,333,275   $19,286,712   $13,289,915   $10,513,428
Long-Term                   $        -    $         -   $         -   $         -   $         -   $         -   $         -
  Obligations ............
 Book Value Per Share     . $      .90    $      2.38   $      2.24   $      2.04   $      1.85   $      1.71   $      1.63
</TABLE>



                                       25



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The following pro forma consolidated  balance sheet of Transnet Corporation
and subsidiary as of January 31, 1998, and the pro forma consolidated  statement
of operations  for the seven months then ended,  and the pro forma  consolidated
statement of  operations  for the year ended June 30,  1997,  give effect to the
sale of substantially  all of the assets,  except cash, of Transnet  Corporation
and its subsidiary  [the "Company"] for $20.5 million in cash and the assumption
of certain  liabilities.  In connection  with the sale, the pro forma  financial
statements  also  give  effect  to the  Company's  intention  to pay an  initial
distribution  of between $2.30 and $2.50 per share for a total of  approximately
$12 million - $13 million on a PRO RATA basis before December 31, 1998.

     The following pro forma unaudited  consolidated balance sheet as of January
31,  1998,  reflects  the  transaction  as if it occurred on that date,  and the
consolidated  statements  of  operations  for the seven months ended January 31,
1998 and the year ended June 30, 1997 reflect the transaction as if the sale was
consummated at the beginning of the periods presented.

     It is  anticipated  that the Company will  continue to operate for at least
two years after the  transaction  during which time it will collect a portion of
available escrowed funds and will incur administrative  expenses.  The pro forma
unaudited financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual
financial  position  of  the  Company  would  have  been  had  the  transactions
contemplated  occurred at January 31, 1998 or the results of operations  had the
transaction  occurred at the  beginning of the seven  months  ended  January 31,
1998,  or the year ended June 30,  1997 nor does it  purport  to  represent  the
future financial position or results of operations of the Company.

     The pro forma financial  information should be read in conjunction with the
Company's  Form  10-K for the year  ended  June 30,  1997 and Form  10-Q for the
quarter  ended  December  31,  1997 as filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.


                                       26



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF JANUARY 31, 1998.

[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>


                                        HISTORICAL
                                       JANUARY 31,       ADJUSTMENTS TO           PRO FORMA,
                                          1998            RECORD SALE            AS ADJUSTED
                                       -------------   -----------------------   ------------
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:

<S>                                    <C>                    <C>                 <C>
  Cash and Cash Equivalents .........  $ 3,300,623            $18,500,000 [1]     $1,531,532
                                                               (7,227,081)[3]
                                                              (13,042,010)[4]
  Accounts Receivable - Net .........    8,957,467             (8,957,467)[1]              -
  Inventories   .....................    2,838,858             (2,838,858)[1]              -
  Mortgage Receivable ...............      590,000                      -            590,000
  Deferred Tax Asset  ...............       94,700                (94,700)[2]              -
  Other Current Assets   ............      244,479               (215,372)[1]         29,107
                                       -----------            ------------        ----------
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS   ............   16,026,127            (13,875,488)         2,150,639

 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - NET  ......      763,234               (763,234)[1]              -

 OTHER ASSETS   .....................      995,928               2,000,000[1]      2,548,320
                                                                 (447,608)[1]
                                       -----------           -------------        ----------
  TOTAL ASSETS  .....................  $17,785,289           $(13,086,330)        $4,698,959
                                       ===========           =============        ==========
</TABLE>



See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       27



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF JANUARY 31, 1998.

[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>

                                   HISTORICAL
                                                      JANUARY 31,          ADJUSTMENTS TO          PRO FORMA,
                                                         1998               RECORD SALE           AS ADJUSTED
                                                      ---------------   -----------------------   ---------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:

<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>                     <C>
  Accounts Payable .................................   $  1,523,878        $    (1,523,878)[1]     $          -
  Accrued Expenses .................................        624,769              1,075,000 [1]                -
                                                                                (1,699,769)[3]
  Floor Plan Payable  ..............................      2,612,160             (2,612,160)[3]                -
  Deferred Income  .................................        307,152               (307,152)[1]                -
  Other Current Liabilities ........................        180,152               (180,152)[3]
  Federal and State Income Taxes Payable   .........              -              2,735,000 [2]                -
                                                                                (2,735,000)[3]
                                                        -----------        ----------------        ------------
 TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  ........................      5,248,111             (5,248,111)                   -
                                                       ------------        ----------------        ------------
 DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY  ...........................         97,700                (97,700)[2]                -
                                                       ------------        ----------------        ------------
 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES .....................              -                      -                    -
                                                       ------------        ------------------      ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                        74,695                      -               74,695
  Capital Stock - Common ...........................
  Paid-in Capital  .................................     10,686,745                      -           10,686,745
  Retained Earnings   ..............................      7,895,681              8,033,491 [1]          155,162
                                                                                (2,732,000)[2]
                                                                               (13,042,010)[4]
                                                                           ------------------

  Totals  ..........................................     18,657,121             (7,740,519)          10,916,602
  Less: Treasury Stock - At Cost  ..................     (6,217,643)                     -           (6,217,643)
                                                       ------------        ------------------      ------------

  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   .....................     12,439,478             (7,740,519)           4,698,959
                                                       ------------        ------------------      ------------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  ......   $ 17,785,289        $   (13,086,330)        $  4,698,959
                                                       ============        ==================      ============
</TABLE>



See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       28



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998.
[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<TABLE>
                                   HISTORICAL
                               SEVEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                          JANUARY 31,        ADJUSTMENTS TO      PRO FORMA,
                                                              1998            RECORD SALE       AS ADJUSTED
                                                       -------------------   ----------------   ------------

<S>                                                        <C>                <C>                   <C>
  REVENUE   ..........................................     $45,283,668        $ (45,283,668)        $  -
  COST OF REVENUE ....................................      40,547,961          (40,547,961)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------
   GROSS PROFIT [LOSS]  ..............................       4,735,707           (4,735,707)           -
EXPENSES:
   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses       .      4,278,712           (4,278,712)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------
    OPERATING INCOME [LOSS] ...........................        456,995             (456,995)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------
OTHER INCOME [EXPENSES]:
    Interest Income   .................................         81,075              (81,075)           -
    Gain on Sale   ....................................        466,489             (466,489)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------

   TOTAL OTHER INCOME .................................        547,564             (547,564)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------

   INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES           .      1,004,559           (1,004,559)           -
   PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX ...........................        265,000             (265,000)           -
                                                           -----------        -------------         --------
    NET INCOME  .......................................    $   739,559        $    (739,559)        $  -
                                                           ===========        =============         ========
    INCOME PER COMMON SHARE ...........................    $      0.14        $       (0.14)        $  -
                                                           ===========        =============         ========
</TABLE>


See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       29


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

JUNE 30, 1997.[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>

                                                HISTORICAL
                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                JUNE 30,         ADJUSTMENTS TO      PRO FORMA,
                                                  1997            RECORD SALE       AS ADJUSTED
                                               ---------------   ----------------   ------------

<S>                                             <C>               <C>                   <C>
  REVENUE ....................................  $68,631,322       $ (68,631,322)        $  -
  COST OF REVENUE  ...........................   61,160,465         (61,160,465)           -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
   GROSS PROFIT [LOSS]   .....................    7,470,857          (7,470,857)           -
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES      6,465,912          (6,465,912)           -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
   OPERATING INCOME   ........................    1,004,945          (1,004,945)           -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
OTHER INCOME:
   Interest Income ...........................      124,065            (124,065)           -
   Interest Expense   ........................      (40,943)             40,943            -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
   Other Income - Net ........................       83,122             (83,122)           -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
   INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE  .........    1,088,067          (1,088,067)           -
  INCOME TAX EXPENSE  ........................       55,500             (55,500)           -
                                                -----------       -------------         --------
   NET INCOME   ..............................  $ 1,032,567       $  (1,032,567)        $  -
                                                ===========       =============         ========
   INCOME PER COMMON SHARE  ..................  $      0.20       $       (0.20)        $  -
                                                ===========       =============         ========
</TABLE>


See Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       30



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[1] Adjustment  to  reflect  the  sale of  substantially  all of the  assets  of
    Transnet  Corporation  and Subsidiary [the "Company"] for $20.5 million plus
    the assumption of certain  liabilities,  less $2 million held in escrow, and
    to record estimated expenses in connection with the sale.

   One half of the Escrow Fund  [$1,000,000] will be held to insure the accuracy
   of  the  representations  and  warranties  of the  Company  and  the  Primary
   Shareholders  under the Asset Purchase  Agreement,  to insure compliance with
   their  covenants  and  agreements  contained  in or arising  out of the Asset
   Purchase Agreement,  and in connection with the indemnification of the Buyer,
   its  shareholders  and their officers and directors from any claims or losses
   with respect thereto. In addition,  the Company agreed to purchase any of the
   Accounts  Receivable sold to GE Acq. Corp. which remain  uncollected 180 days
   after the  closing,  provided  that if it fails to do so, the  payment may be
   made from the General  Deposit.  If no claims to the  contrary are made by GE
   Acq. Corp. This  $1,000,000  portion of the escrow will be transferred by the
   Escrow Agent to the Company  together  with accrued  interest  within 45 days
   following the first  anniversary  of the Closing Date.  The other  $1,000,000
   half of the  Escrow  Fund [the "TPP  Deposit"]  will be held in escrow  until
   resolution  of issues  related to the Company's  Pension  Plan.  The Plan was
   adopted in 1981 as a defined  benefit  plan.  In 1989,  various  actions were
   taken to terminate the Plan, to covert it to a defined  contribution plan and
   to freeze benefit accruals.  However, no filing for plan termination was made
   with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ["PBGC"],  although the Company
   continued to treat  benefit  accruals  under the Plan as frozen in accordance
   with  a  Plan  Amendment  and  a   corresponding   notice  to   participants.
   Additionally,  a final amended and restated plan document  incorporating  the
   foregoing  amendments and other required amendments  including those required
   by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 do not appear to have been properly adopted. In
   addition, since 1989, it appears that certain operational violations occurred
   in the  administration  of the Plan  including the failure to obtain  spousal
   consents in certain instances when required. The Company currently intends to
   (i) take corrective  action under the IRS Walk-in Closing  Agreement  Program
   ["CAP"], (ii) apply for a favorable  determination letter with respect to the
   Plan from the IRS, and (iii) terminate the Plan.  Under CAP, the Company will
   be  subject  to a  monetary  sanction  [which  could  range  from  $1,000  to
   approximatley $40,000]. In addition, the Company will be required to correct,
   retroactively,  operational violations, and to pay any resulting excise taxes
   and PBGC premiums and penalties that may be due.  Special counsel has advised
   management that although it believes the Company will incur some liability in
   connection  with the  correction of such  operational  violations,  it is not
   possible to estimate  the  potential  amount of or the range of  liability at
   this time.  Such  counsel also  advised  that  depending  on the  corrections
   required,  such  liability  could  range  from an  insignificant  amount to a
   material amount, but that due to the uncertainties  involved, any estimate in
   dollar  terms or the range of any such  liability  would be  speculative  and
   potentially  misleading.  The TPP Deposit may be utilized to satisfy  various
   types of payments required to be made in order to resolve open issues related
   to the Pension Plan and also to satisfy loss or liability (if any) of GE Acq.
   Corp. with respect to the Pension Plan.  Upon final  resolution of the issues
   related  to the  Company's  Pension  Plan,  any  remaining  funds  of the TPP
   Deposit,  including accrued interest, will be transferred by the Escrow Agent
   to the  Company,  except  to the  extent  GE Acq.  Corp  incurs  any  loss or
   liability  with respect to the Pension Plan. The TPP Deposit may be reduced ,
   if prior to the closing  date,  the Company and GE Acq.  Corp.  agree to such
   reduction.

     The Company  expects that payments of the escrowed  funds will occur during
   calendar year 1999.

                                       31



<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[1] Expected expenses of the sale, and other  non-recurring  items in connection
with the sale are as follows:






    Finder's Fee                                $  470,000
    Investment Advisors' Fees and Expenses          80,000
    Legal and Accounting Fees                      300,000
    Proxy Mailing and Related Expenses              50,000
    Severance Pay                                  175,000
                                                ----------
    TOTAL                                       $1,075,000
                                                ==========


   The purchase  price is subject to adjustment if the adjusted net worth of the
    Company,  as defined,  is less than $10.5  million.  According  to the Asset
    Purchase Agreement,  the adjusted net worth will be determined from a review
    of the  Company's  financial  statements  for the end of the calender  month
    immediately  preceding the month in which the closing is scheduled to occur,
    as adjusted by the terms of the agreement for excluded items, the results of
    a closing  inventory,  and such other  relevant  information  regarding  the
    results of  operations  of the business of the Company since the date of the
    financial statements as requested by the buyer. If the adjusted net worth is
    less  than  $10.5  million  but not less then  $9.5  million,  the buyer may
    conclude the purchase for a reduced purchase price based on the adjusted net
    worth.  If the  adjusted  net worth  would be less than  $9.5  million,  the
    purchase will not occur.

   Based on the  calculation,  the adjusted net worth as of January 31, 1998 and
    expected results of operations to date, the Company assumes that the maximum
    proceeds will be received.

[2] To reflect income taxes on the above transaction.

[3] To reflect the payment of liabilities from the proceeds of the sale.

[4] To reflect a distribution, as a result of the transaction, of $13,042,010 or
    $2.50  per  share,  based  on the  Company's  intention  to  pay an  initial
    distribution  on  a  PRO  RATA  basis  before  December  31,  1998  in  such
    approximate amount.

   The  $2.50  per  share  amount  was  reflected  in the  pro  forma  financial
    statements based on the available cash at January 31, 1998.

   It is anticipated  that the Company will continue to operate for at least two
   years during which time it will collect a portion of available escrowed funds
   and will incur administrative  expenses.  Total escrow fees and expenses over
   the two years are expected to be




    Escrow Fees                   $ 25,000
    Administrative Expenses:
     Auditing and Legal Fees       300,000
     Salaries                      150,000
     Directors' Fees                84,000
                                  --------
    TOTAL                         $559,000
                                  ========


   The Company  expects to fund the payments of these  expenses  through cash on
    hand after  shareholder  distributions,  the collection of the $440,000 note
    receivable  from the sale of land, and the collection of the escrowed funds,
    if any.


                                       32



<PAGE>

                             ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

                                 (PROPOSAL TWO)

     Seven  directors of the Company are to be elected at the  meeting,  each to
serve until the next Annual  Meeting and until his or her  successor  is elected
and qualifies.  The shares  represented by proxies will be voted in favor of the
election as directors  of the persons  named below who are nominees for election
and  authority  to vote for the election of  directors  shall be deemed  granted
unless  specifically  withheld.  Management has no reason to believe that any of
the nominees for the office of director  will not be available for election as a
director.  However,  should  any of them  become  unwilling  or unable to accept
nomination  for  election,  it is  intended  that the  individuals  named in the
enclosed  proxy may vote for the election of such other person as Management may
recommend.  The Company does not have a nominating committee.  During the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997, the Company's board of directors held a total of three
meetings.


NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS





NAME                     AGE   POSITION WITH COMPANY
- - ------------------------ ----- ------------------------------------

John J. Wilk(a)          69    Chairman of the Board and Treasurer
Steven J. Wilk(a)        40    Director, President
Jay A. Smolyn            41    Director, Vice President-Operations
Vincent Cusumano(b)(d)   62    Director, Secretary
Earle Kunzig(b)(e)       58    Director
Raymond J. Rekuc(c)(d)   51    Director
Susan Wilk-Cort(a)             Director


- - ----------------
(a) Steven J. Wilk and Susan Wilk-Cort are respectively, the son and daughter
of John J. Wilk.
(b) Member of the Audit  Committee.  (c)  Chairman of the Audit  Committee.  (d)
Member  of  the  Compensation  Committee.   (e)  Chairman  of  the  Compensation
Committee.

     The Audit Committee  reviews,  evaluates and advises the Board of Directors
in  matters  relating  to  the  Company's  financial  reporting  practices,  its
application of accounting principles and its internal controls. In addition, the
Audit  Committee  reviews  transactions  regarding  management  remuneration  or
benefits.

     The  Compensation  Committee  reviews,  evaluates  and advises the Board of
Directors  in  matters  relating  to the  Company's  compensation  of and  other
employment   benefits  for  executive   officers.   The  Board  established  its
Compensation  Committee  in  December  1994.  Prior  to that  time  compensation
decisions were subject to oversight by the entire Board of Directors.

     The Company  does not have an  Executive  Committee.  The term of office of
each director expires at the next annual meeting of stockholders and when his or
her  successor is elected and  qualified.  The term of office of each  executive
officer  expires at the next  organizational  meeting of the board of  directors
following the next annual meeting of stockholders  and when his or her successor
is elected and qualified.

     The following is a brief account of the business experience of each nominee
for director of the Company during the past five years.

     John J. Wilk was president,  a director and chief executive  officer of the
Company since its inception in 1969 until May 1986 when he was elected  Chairman
of the Board.  Mr. Wilk has also  served as the  Company's  Treasurer  and Chief
Financial Officer since 1971.

     Steven J. Wilk was elected a vice  president of the Company in October 1981
and in May 1986 was  elected  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.  He was
elected a director of the Company in April 1989.

     Jay A. Smolyn has been employed at the Company since 1976 and in April 1985
became Vice President,  Operations.  He was elected a director of the Company in
January 1990.


                                       33



<PAGE>

     Vincent  Cusumano  who was elected a director of the Company in April 1977,
is and for the past five years has been president and chief executive officer of
Cusumano  Perma-Rail  Corporation of Roselle Park, New Jersey,  distributors and
installers  of  exterior  iron  railings.  Mr.  Cusumano  has also served as the
Company's  Secretary  since 1984.  Mr.  Cusumano is not actively  engaged in the
business of the Company.

     Earle Kunzig who was elected a director of the Company in November 1976, is
President and a principal of Hardware Products Sales, Inc., Wayne, New Jersey; a
broker of used computer equipment and provider of computer maintenance services.
Mr. Kunzig is not actively engaged in the business of the Company.

     Raymond J. Rekuc who was elected a director of the Company in August  1983,
is currently the principal in Raymond J. Rekuc, Certified Public Accountant,  an
accounting firm located in Washington,  New Jersey.  He was a partner with Hess,
Keeley & Company,  Accountants and Auditors,  Millburn,  New Jersey from October
1980 until  September  1986 when he became  treasurer of Royalox  International,
Inc. of Asbury,  New Jersey,  an importer of luggage and luggage  hardware.  Mr.
Rekuc provided  financial  consulting  services to the Company from 1990 through
1993.  Mr.  Rekuc is a member of the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
Accountants and the New Jersey Society of Certified  Public  Accountants.  He is
not actively engaged in the business of the Company.

     Susan Wilk-Cort was a Senior Attorney with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, Washington, D.C. and then with the Office of General Counsel of The
Federal Home Loan Bank Board until joining the Company in November 1987. She
was elected a director of the Company in January 1990.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES WHO ARE NOT NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR

     Annette Stanoch serves as the Company's Vice President, Planning. Ms.
Stanoch and her husband, Mark Stanoch, were the co-founders of Round Valley
Computer Center, Inc. ("RVCC") in 1984. RVCC was engaged in marketing personal
computers of several major manufacturers including IBM, Apple and Hewlett
Packard and in providing support and service from its facilities in Branchburg
and Lebanon, New Jersey. The Company acquired RVCC in March 1990 at which time
Mr. Stanoch was elected Vice President, Sales and Ms. Stanoch was elected to
her present position. Mr. Stanoch resigned his position with the Company
effective December 31, 1997.


COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

     Based  solely  on a  review  of  Forms 3 and 4 and any  amendments  thereto
furnished to the Company pursuant to Rule 16a-3(e) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  or  representations  that no Forms 5 were  required,  the  Company
believes that with respect to fiscal 1997, all Section 16(a) filing requirements
applicable to its officers,  directors and beneficial owners of more than 10% of
its equity  securities were timely complied with except for late filings by John
J. Wilk with respect to sales in December 1996 and February 1997.


                            MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION

     The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid
or accrued by the Company  during the three years  ended June 30,  1997,  to its
Chief  Executive  Officer and each of its other  executive  officers whose total
annual  salary  and bonus for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997  exceeded
$100,000.  All of the Company's group life,  health,  hospitalization or medical
reimbursement  plans, if any, do not discriminate in scope,  terms or operation,
in favor of the executive officers or directors of the Company and are generally
available to all full-time salaried employees.


                                       34



<PAGE>

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE





<TABLE>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION                            COMPENSATION
                     ----------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------
                       YEAR
      NAME AND        ENDED                              OTHER ANNUAL   OPTIONS    RESTRICTED       LTIP       ALL OTHER
 PRINCIPAL POSITION  JUNE 30,       SALALRY     BONUS    COMPENSATION    SARS     STOCK AWARDS   PAYOUTS(A)   COMPENSATION
- - -------------------- ------------- ---------- --------- -------------- --------- -------------- ------------ -------------

<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
 Steven J. Wilk   ...    1997       $250,000   $46,644        $0           0           0             $0            0
 President and           1996       $240,833   $47,560        $0           0           0             $0            0
 Chief Executive
   Officer  .........    1995       $195,000   $25,400        $0           0           0             $0            0

 Mark Stanoch  ......    1997       $135,000   $30,822        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Vice President  ...    1996       $130,833   $36,600        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Sales  ............    1995(b)    $110,000   $15,200        $0           0           0             $31,200       0

 Annette Stanoch  ...    1997       $135,000   $30,822        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Vice President  ...    1996       $130,833   $36,600        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Planning  .........    1995(b)    $110,000   $15,200        $0           0           0             $31,200       0

 Jay Smolyn .........    1997       $135,000   $30,822        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Vice President  ...    1996       $130,833   $36,600        $0           0           0             $0            0
  Operations   ......    1995       $110,000   $15,200        $0           0           0             $0            0

</TABLE>

- - ----------------
     (a) On March 6, 1990,  in  connection  with its  acquisition  of all of the
issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of Round Valley  Computer  Center,  Inc.
("RVCC")  from RVCC's sole  stockholders,  Mark Stanoch,  Annette  Stanoch and a
third  individual,  the Company agreed pursuant to the Acquisition  Agreement to
pay the three RVCC  stockholders  a  percentage  of the  Company's  consolidated
pre-tax profits (including RVCC's) varying from 10% to 12% in the aggregate with
respect to each fiscal year from 1990 through 1995.

     (b) With respect to the incentive  bonus accrued for Mr. and Mrs.  Stanoch,
respectively,  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995, $12,667 of the bonus was
paid in fiscal 1996.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The Company has employment agreements in effect with Steven J. Wilk, Jay A.
Smolyn and  Annette  Stanoch  which  expire on June 30,  2000.  Pursuant  to the
employment agreements, Steven J. Wilk's annual salary is "at least" $250,000 and
Mr. Smolyn's and Mrs. Stanoch's salaries are each "at least" $135,000 or, in all
three  cases,  such greater  amount as may be approved  from time to time by the
Board of Directors. The agreements also provide for additional incentive bonuses
to be paid with respect to each of the Company's fiscal years based upon varying
percentages  of  the  Company's   consolidated   pre-tax  income   exclusive  of
extraordinary  items (3% of the first $500,000,  4% of the next $500,000,  5% of
the next  $4,000,000  and 6% of  amounts in excess of  $5,000,000  for Steven J.
Wilk,  and 2% of pre-tax  income in excess of $100,000 to the first $500,000 and
3% in excess of $500,000  for each of Mr.  Smolyn and Mrs.  Stanoch).  Steven J.
Wilk's  employment  agreement  provides for a continuation in full of his salary
payments for six months and 50% of the full amount for the remainder of the term
in the event of  illness or  injury.  In  addition,  the  employment  agreements
contain provisions  providing in the event of a hostile change of control of the
Company  and a  resultant  termination  of the  employee's  employment  prior to
expiration of the employment  agreement,  Mr. Smolyn and Mrs. Stanoch would each
receive a lump sum payment  equal to 80% of the greater of his/her  then current
annual  salary or his/her  previous  calendar  year's gross wages  including the
additional incentive compensation multiplied by the lesser of five or the number
of  years  remaining  in the  agreement.  In the case of  Steven  J.  Wilk,  the
agreement  provides  that in the event of  termination  of  employment  due to a
hostile  change in control,  he may elect to serve as  consultant at his current
salary and performance bonus for a period of five years beginning at the date of
the change in control, or he may elect to receive a lump sum payment which would
be the greater of 80% of his then current  salary or 80% of his previous  year's
gross wages times five. The agreements for Mr. Smolyn and Mrs.  Stanoch  provide
that the Company may terminate  his/her  employment,  with or without cause.  If
said termination is without


                                       35



<PAGE>

cause,  the  Company  shall pay the  Employee  an amount  equal to  compensation
payable for a period of  one-half  of the  agreement  period  remaining,  not to
exceed  compensation  for 18  months.  Steven  J.  Wilk's  employment  agreement
provides that should the Company  terminate his  employment  (other than for the
commission of willful  criminal  acts), he may elect to continue as a consultant
to the Company at his then current compensation level, including the performance
bonus, for the lesser of two (2) years or the remainder of the agreement term or
he may elect to receive a lump sum payment  equal to eighty  percent of his then
current  salary  plus  incentive  bonus times the lesser of two (2) years or the
remainder of the agreement. Mark Stanoch's employment agreement was identical to
that of Annette  Stanoch.  He resigned all positions with the Company  effective
December 31, 1997 and his employment agreement was cancelled.

     IF THE CLOSING OF THE SALE TO GE ACQ. CORP. TAKES PLACE, STEVEN J. WILK
HAS AGREED TO THE CANCELLATION AT THE CLOSING OF HIS CURRENT EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT AND HAS ALSO AGREED TO WAIVE HIS RIGHTS TO ANY FUTURE PAYMENTS
THEREUNDER INCLUDING TERMINATION PAYMENTS AS WELL AS HIS RIGHTS TO ANY BONUSES
THEREUNDER FOR PERIODS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997. SIMILARLY, IF THE
CLOSING TAKES PLACE, JAY A. SMOLYN AND ANNETTE STANOCH HAVE EACH AGREED, IN
CONSIDERATION FOR THE PAYMENT TO HIM (OR HER) OF $25,000, TO THE CANCELLATION
AT THE CLOSING OF HIS (OR HER) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, AND TO WAIVE HIS (OR HER)
RIGHTS TO ANY FUTURE PAYMENTS THEREUNDER INCLUDING TERMINATION PAYMENTS AS WELL
AS HIS (OR HER) RIGHTS TO ANY BONUSES THEREUNDER FOR PERIODS SUBSEQUENT TO
DECEMBER 31, 1997. FURTHERMORE, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS DETERMINED THAT IF
THE CLOSING TAKES PLACE AND IF SUSAN WILK-CORT IS NOT OFFERED EMPLOYMENT BY GE
ACQ. CORP. OR ITS PARENT ON REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TERMS, THE COMPANY WILL
MAKE A $100,000 SEVERANCE PAYMENT TO HER. SEE "INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN
THE TRANSACTION."


DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     During fiscal 1997, the Company paid $5,000 in directors' fees to each of
its three outside directors. The Company intends to continue this policy unless
the sale to GE Acq. Corp. takes place. If such sale is consummated, the Company
will, thereafter, pay a director's fee of $500 per month to each director. See
"Conduct of the Company Following Adoption of the Plan and Completion of the
Sale to GE Acq. Corp."


STOCK OPTIONS

     No options to acquire the Company's  Common Stock were  outstanding at June
30, 1997.


CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     See  "Interests  of  Certain  Persons  in the  Transaction  - John J.  Wilk
- - -Raymond J. Rekuc"  herein as to the  sublease by the Company of its  executive,
administrative and corporate sales office and service center in Branchburg,  New
Jersey from W. Realty and the purchase by W. Realty from the Company in November
1997  of an  approximately  6.32  acre  tract  of  unimproved  land  located  in
Mountainside,  New  Jersey.  The sole  partners  of W.  Realty are John J. Wilk,
chairman of the board,  treasurer and chief financial officer of the Company and
Raymond J. Rekuc,  a director,  chairman of the Audit  Committee and a member of
the Compensation Committee of the Company.


     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     During fiscal 1997, one member of the  Compensation  Committee,  Raymond J.
Rekuc, as a partner in W. Realty,  was involved in the subleasing to the Company
of its principal facility and subsequently,  in the purchase from the Company of
a tract of unimproved land in Mountainside, New Jersey as described above.


                         COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

     The Compensation Committee is composed of Earle Kunzig (chairman), Vincent
Cusumano and Raymond J. Rekuc. The Compensation Committee is responsible,
subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, for establishing the
Company's compensation programs.

     The  Company's  compensation  plan  generally  is designed to motivate  and
reward the Company's  executive  officers and other  personnel  responsible  for
attaining financial,  operational and strategic objectives. In administering the
plan, the Compensation Committee assesses the performance of individuals and the
Company relative to those objectives.


                                       36



<PAGE>

     The Company's  compensation plan generally  provides  incentives to achieve
annual and longer term  objectives.  The principal  elements of the compensation
plan include base salary and incentive  bonuses based upon the Company achieving
certain specified levels of pre-tax income. These elements generally are blended
in order to provide compensation  packages which provide competitive pay, reward
the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the
interests of the  Company's  executive  officers and other high level  personnel
with those of the Company's shareholders.

     In order to secure the services of certain key  employees  for a reasonable
period  of time into the  future,  the  Compensation  Committee  in fiscal  1995
recommended that new five year employment  agreements be executed by the Company
with Steven J. Wilk as president and chief  executive  officer (annual salary of
at least $250,000); with Jay A. Smolyn as vice  president-operations;  with Mark
Stanoch  as vice  president-sales,  and with his wife,  Annette  Stanoch as vice
president-planning.  The annual salary for Mr.  Smolyn and Mr. and Mrs.  Stanoch
was  at  least  $135,000.  Each  of the  four  employment  agreements  contained
incentive  bonus and other  provisions  more fully set forth  under  "Management
Remuneration" herein.

     Base  pay  levels  and  increases   for  other  key  employees   take  into
consideration  the recent  performance of the  individual  and the Company,  the
experience of the  individual,  the scope and complexity of the position and the
base compensation levels established by competitors for comparable positions.

     In earlier years,  in order to promote the Company's  long-term  objectives
and to  conserve  cash  assets,  stock  options  were  granted  to  certain  key
executives.   In  addition,   stock  subscription  agreements  at  below  market
subscription  prices were  entered into with  certain key  executives.  No stock
options have been granted by the Company and no similar subscription  agreements
have been entered into by the Company in the past five years.

     The  Compensation  Committee  believes that the  Company's key  executives,
through  salaries and  incentive  bonuses,  together  with their  current  stock
ownership,  have  sufficient  incentive to promote the growth and welfare of the
Company and that based on the trading range of the Company's Common Stock in the
over-the-counter  market  during  fiscal  1997,  the grant during such period of
additional stock options or the entering into of stock  subscription  agreements
at below market subscription prices would be unfairly dilutive to stockholders.



     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE



                                           Earle Kunzig
                                           Vincent Cusumano
                                           Raymond J. Rekuc

                                       37


<PAGE>

                     MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
                      AND RELATED SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's Common Stock,  which previously traded on the NASDAQ National
Market System, is quoted and traded in the over-the-counter  market. Pursuant to
the  decision of a NASDAQ  Listing  Qualifications  Panel,  the Common Stock was
delisted from trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market on February 4, 1998.  The cited
cause of the delisting was the Company's failure to hold its stockholder meeting
prior to January 31, 1998. The Company believes there were  justifiable  reasons
for the  delay in  holding  the  meeting  attributable  to the  negotiations  in
connection with the proposed transaction with GE Acq. Corp. and has appealed the
decision to the NASDAQ Listing Council. The Common Stock is currently trading on
the OTC Bulletin  Board under the symbol "TRNT." No assurances can be given that
the Common Stock will be readmitted to trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market in the
future.  The following table indicates the high and low closing sales prices for
the Company's  Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System for the periods
indicated  based upon  information  supplied by the  National  Quotation  Bureau
Incorporate.





         CALENDAR YEAR       CLOSING SALES PRICES
         ----------------   -----------------------

1995                        High          Low
- - ----                        -------       --------
         First Quarter      1 15|M/16     19|M/16
         Second Quarter     31|M/16       13|M/4
         Third Quarter      63|M/16       27|M/16
         Fourth Quarter     6             31|M/2
1996
- - ----
         First Quarter      43|M/8        27|M/8
         Second Quarter     33|M/4        215|M/32
         Third Quarter      33|M/8        115|M/16
         Fourth Quarter     39|M/16       213|M/16
1997
- - ----
         First Quarter      33|M/8        23|M/8
         Second Quarter     31|M/4        23|M/8
         Third Quarter      33|M/4        23|M/4
         Fourth Quarter     31|M/2        2


     As of February 12, 1998,  the number of holders on record of the  Company's
Common Stock was 3,265.  Such number of record holders was  determined  from the
Company's  shareholder  records and does not  include  beneficial  owners  whose
shares are held in nominee  accounts with brokers,  dealers,  banks and clearing
agencies.

     The  Company  has not paid any  dividends  on its  Common  Stock  since its
inception.


                            STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE

     Set forth  below is a line  graph  comparing  the yearly  cumulative  total
shareholder return on the Company's Common Stock for the past five fiscal years,
based on the market price of the Common Stock,  with the cumulative total return
of companies in the S&P 500 Composite and the S&P Computer  (Software & Service)
- - - 500 Group Indexes.


                                       38

<PAGE>

                     COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR TOTAL RETURN
                FOR TRANSNET CORPORATION, S&P 500 COMPOSITE AND
              S&P COMPUTER (SOFTWARE & SERVICE) - 500 GROUP INDEX

                          TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS RETURNS


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]



AUDITORS

     The firm of Moore Stephens,  P.C.,  certified public accountants,  has been
selected by the Board of  Directors to audit the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiaries  for the current fiscal year ending June 30, 1998.  Moore Stephens,
P.C. and its predecessor firm have served as the Company's  auditors since 1977.
Representatives of such firm are not expected to be present at the April 2, 1998
Special Meeting of Stockholders.


STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1998 ANNUAL MEETING

     Under current rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, stockholders
wishing to submit proposals for inclusion in the Proxy Statement of the Board of
Directors for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must submit such proposals
so as to be received by the Company at 45 Columbia Road, Branchburg,  New Jersey
08876 on or before June 30, 1998.


                                 OTHER MATTERS

     Management  does not know of any  other  matters  which  are  likely  to be
brought  before  the  Meeting.  However,  in the event  that any  other  matters
properly come before the Meeting,  the persons named in the enclosed  proxy will
vote said proxy in accordance with their judgment in said matters.


                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     The  following  documents  filed by the  Company  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") are incorporated by reference into this
Proxy Statement:

     1. The  Company's  Annual Report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 as
provided to each Stockholder together with this Proxy Statement; and

     2. The Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1997.

                                       39


<PAGE>

     All documents and reports filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant
to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  after the date of this Proxy Statement and prior
to the  date of the  Special  Meeting  shall be  deemed  to be  incorporated  by
reference into this Proxy  Statement and to be a part hereof from the respective
dates of filing of such documents or reports.

     Any statement  contained in a document or report  incorporated or deemed to
be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Proxy  Statement  to the extent that a statement  contained
herein or in any other subsequently filed document or report which also is or is
deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  modifies or  supersedes  such
statement.  Any such  statement so modified or  superseded  shall not be deemed,
except  as so  modified  or  superseded,  to  constitute  a part of  this  Proxy
Statement.

     THIS PROXY  STATEMENT  INCORPORATES  DOCUMENTS BY  REFERENCE  WHICH ARE NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED  HEREWITH.  SUCH DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN EXHIBITS TO
SUCH DOCUMENTS,  UNLESS SUCH EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH DOCUMENTS) ARE AVAILABLE,  WITHOUT CHARGE, TO ANY PERSON,  INCLUDING ANY
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK, TO WHOM THIS PROXY STATEMENT IS
DELIVERED,  ON WRITTEN  OR ORAL  REQUEST TO THE  INFORMATION  OFFICER,  TRANSNET
CORPORATION, 45 COLUMBIA ROAD, BRANCHBURG, NEW JERSEY 08876, TELEPHONE NO. (908)
253-0500.  IN ORDER TO ENSURE  DELIVERY  OF THE  DOCUMENTS  PRIOR TO THE SPECIAL
MEETING, REQUESTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY MARCH 16, 1998.


                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Exchange
Act, and in accordance  therewith,  files  reports,  proxy  statements and other
information  with the  Commission.  Such  reports,  proxy  statements  and other
information may be inspected and copied at the Public  Reference  Section of the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World
Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of all or part of
such  materials  can be  obtained  from  the  Public  Reference  Section  of the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.,   20549  at  prescribed   rates.   Such  material  may  also  be  accessed
electronically by means of the Commission's Web Site (http;//wwwsec.gov).



     By Order of the Board of Directors



                                           STEVEN J. WILK
                                           President


Branchburg, New Jersey
February 27, 1998

                                       40





                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549

                               ----------------
                                   FORM 10-Q

               QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the quarter ended December 31, 1997Commission File Number 0-8693



                              TRANSNET CORPORATION
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)





                          Delaware                     22-1892295
- - -----------------------------------------------   ----------
            (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF         (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
            INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)         IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                     45 Columbia Road
                 Somerville, New Jersey                08876-3376
      (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)         (ZIP CODE)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (908) 253-0500

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.


                  Yes X  No


Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of
common stock as of February 5, 1998: 5,216,804.


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDEX TO FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I: FINANCIAL INFORMATION





ITEM 1. Financial Statements
   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 [Unaudited]
   and June 30, 1997 ......................................................  1
   Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended
   December 31, 1997 and 1996 [Unaudited] .................................  2
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended
   December 31, 1997 and 1996 [Unaudited] .................................  3
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements [Unaudited]   ...............  4-5
ITEM 2. Managements' Discussion and Analysis of the Financial
      Condition and Results of Operations .................................  6-7
PART II: OTHER INFORMATION ................................................  8
SIGNATURES  ...............................................................  9




<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>

                                                                      DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                          1997           1997
                                                                      --------------  ---------------
                                                                       [UNAUDITED]

ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
 Cash and Cash Equivalents   .......................................  $ 2,760,264      $  3,336,917
 Accounts Receivable-Net  ..........................................   11,409,624         8,986,318
 Inventories  ......................................................    3,196,336         3,274,462
 Other Current Assets  .............................................      297,166           324,546
 Deferred Tax Asset ................................................       94,700           334,700
 Mortgage Receivable   .............................................      590,000                 -
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  .............................................   18,348,090        16,256,943
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET   .......................................      785,094           916,254
OTHER ASSETS  ......................................................      999,927         1,051,101
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 TOTAL ASSETS ......................................................  $20,133,111      $ 18,224,298
                                                                      ===========      ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts Payable   ................................................  $ 2,071,558      $    965,340
 Accrued Expenses   ................................................      800,010           650,242
 Floor Plan Payable ................................................    4,142,919         4,384,040
 Deferred Income ...................................................      228,820           162,576
 Other Current Liabilities   .......................................      302,626           264,481
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES   .......................................    7,545,933         6,426,679
                                                                      -----------      ------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY .............................................       97,700            97,700
                                                                      -----------      ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES   ....................................            -                 -
                                                                      -----------      ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Capital Stock-Common, $.01 Par Value, Authorized 15,000,000 Shares;       74,695            74,695
   Issued 7,469,524 Shares [of which 2,252,720 are in Treasury]  ...
 Paid-in Capital ...................................................   10,686,745        10,686,745
 Retained Earnings  ................................................    7,945,681         7,156,122
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 Totals ............................................................   18,707,121        17,917,562
 Less: Treasury Stock-At Cost   ....................................   (6,217,643)       (6,217,643)
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  .......................................   12,489,478        11,699,919
                                                                      -----------      ------------
 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ........................  $20,133,111      $ 18,224,298
                                                                      ===========      ============

</TABLE>

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.

                                       1


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

[UNAUDITED]
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>

                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31,                      DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                          1997            1996              1997            1996
                                       -------------   ---------------   -------------   ---------------

<S>                                     <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
REVENUE  ...........................    $20,282,544     $19,496,903       $39,796,129     $36,036,011
COST OF REVENUE   ..................     18,016,064      17,415,384        35,590,181      32,112,304
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
 GROSS PROFIT  .....................      2,266,480       2,081,519         4,205,948       3,923,707
EXPENSES:
 Selling, General and Administrative
   Expenses ........................      2,006,104       1,728,848         3,687,876       3,296,485
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
 OPERATING INCOME ..................        260,376         352,671           518,072         627,222
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
OTHER INCOME [EXPENSE]:
 Interest Income  ..................         26,288          17,740            69,998          45,772
 Interest Expense ..................              -         (30,681)                -         (35,983)
 Gain on Sale  .....................        466,489               -           466,489               -
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
 OTHER INCOME [EXPENSE]-NET   ......        492,777         (12,941)          536,487           9,789
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
 INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
   TAXES ...........................        753,153         339,730         1,054,559         637,011
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .........        257,000               -           265,000               -
                                        -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
 NET INCOME ........................    $   496,153     $   339,730       $   789,559     $   637,011
                                        ===========     ===========       ===========     ===========
 INCOME PER COMMON SHARE   .........    $       .10     $       .07       $       .15     $       .12
                                        ===========     ===========       ===========     ===========

</TABLE>

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.

                                       2


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<TABLE>
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ---------------------------------
                                                            1997              1996
                                                         ---------------   ---------------
                                   [UNAUDITED]

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>
 Net Income ..........................................    $    789,559      $    637,011
                                                          ------------      ------------
 Adjustments  to  Reconcile  Net  Income  to Net Cash
  Provided  by  [Used  for]
  Operating Activities:
  Depreciation and Amortization  .....................         155,160           177,606
  Gain on Sale of Land  ..............................        (466,489)                -
  Deferred Taxes  ....................................         240,000                 -
 Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
  [Increase] Decrease in:
   Accounts Receivable  ..............................      (2,423,306)       (1,888,161)
   Inventory   .......................................          78,126           316,807
   Other Current Assets ..............................          27,380           310,944
   Other Assets   ....................................         (96,337)          (43,458)
  Increase [Decrease] in:
   Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses  ............       1,255,986          (103,266)
   Deferred Income   .................................          66,244          (165,637)
   Other Current Liabilities  ........................          38,145            50,782
                                                          ------------      ------------
  Total Adjustments  .................................      (1,125,091)       (1,344,383)
                                                          ------------      ------------
 NET CASH-OPERATING ACTIVITIES   .....................        (335,532)         (707,372)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital Expenditures   ..............................               -           (21,237)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Floor Plan Payable  .................................        (241,121)          446,148
                                                          ------------      ------------
 NET [DECREASE] IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .........        (576,653)         (282,461)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-BEGINNING OF PERIODS  ......       3,336,917         2,383,741
                                                          ------------      ------------
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-END OF PERIODS ............    $  2,760,264      $  2,101,280
                                                          ============      ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the periods for:
  Interest  ..........................................    $          -      $     35,983
  Income Taxes .......................................    $      8,878      $      7,500
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 During 1996,  $520,790 of other assets were placed into service and  classified
as property and equipment.
 During 1997, the Company disposed of $138,126 of fully depreciated property and
equipment.

</TABLE>

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.

                                       3

<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[1] SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


[A] CONSOLIDATION-The  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Corporation and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Century American Corporation.
Intercompany  transactions  and accounts have been eliminated in  consolidation.
During the prior year, the  Corporation  liquidated  four inactive  subsidiaries
whose activities were previously merged with the Corporation.

[B] INVENTORY-Inventory  consists of finished goods. The Corporation's inventory
is valued at the lower of cost [determined on the average cost basis] or market.

[C] CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS-For  the purposes of the statement of cash flows,
the  Corporation  considers  highly liquid debt  instruments,  purchased  with a
maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

[D] EARNINGS PER SHARE-Earnings per common share are based on 5,216,804 weighted
shares outstanding for the period ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.


[2] INCOME TAXES

The  Corporation  has a deferred tax asset of $94,700 based on temporary  timing
differences including inventory capitalization, allowance for doubtful accounts,
vacation pay accruals and net operating loss carryforwards.

The Company  anticipates  fully utilizing its net operating loss carryforward of
approximately $948,000 during the current year.


[3] RECLASSIFICATION

Certain items from prior year's financial  statements have been  reclassified to
conform to the current year's presentation.

In the opinion of management,  the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial
statements   contain  all  adjustments   consisting  only  of  normal  recurring
adjustments  necessary to present fairly the financial position,  the results of
operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

These  statements  should be read in conjunction with the summary of significant
accounting  policies and notes contained in the  Corporation's  annual report on
Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1997.


                                       4


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #2
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[4] ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


On October  31,  1997,  the  Corporation  executed an Asset  Purchase  Agreement
providing  for the sale for a  maximum  $20.5  million  cash  purchase  price of
substantially all of its operating assets, subject to certain liabilities,  to a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of GE Capital Information  Technology  Solutions,  Inc.
["GEITS"].  GEITS is an  affiliate  of GE  Capital  Services  which in turn is a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of General Electric Company. The sale is subject to the
approval of TranNet's  stockholders at a stockholder  meeting anticipated in the
first  quarter of calendar  1998,  as well as the  occurrence  of certain  other
conditions.


[5] SALE OF LAND

On November 11,1997, the Corporation executed an agreement to sell approximately
6.32 acres of unimproved  real property in  Mountainside,  New Jersey [the "real
property"] to W Realty LLC ["W Realty"] for the appraised value of $1,000,000. W
Realty is a partnership  consisting of John J. Wilk,  Chairman of the Board, and
Raymond J. Rekuc, a Director of the  Corporation.  The purchase price is payable
through  a credit  extended  by W Realty as  sub-lessor  to the  Corporation  as
sub-lessee for the $410,000 of rent payable by the Corporation over the last two
years of its sublease for its principal facility in Somerville, New Jersey and a
$590,000  promissory  note  executed  by W Realty  payable  in  installments  of
$150,000 in February 1998 and $440,000 in November 1998. The note bears interest
at the rate of 8% per annum and is secured by a mortgage  on the Real  Property.
The  Real  Property  was  specifically   excluded  from  the  assets  which  the
Corporation agreed,  subject to stockholder approval, to sell to GEITS [See Note
4].


                            . . . . . . . . . . . .

                                       5


<PAGE>

ITEM 2:


TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Revenues  for the three  months  ended  December  31, 1997 were  $20,282,544  as
compared  with  $19,496,903  for the quarter  ended  December 31, 1996.  For the
quarter ended December 31, 1997 the Corporation  reported net income of $496,153
as  compared  with net  income  of  $339,730  for the  similar  period  in 1996.
Operating  income  totaled  $260,376 in the more  recent  quarter as compared to
$352,671 in the similar  period in 1996.  For the six months ended  December 31,
1997,  revenues were  $39,796,129,  as compared to $36,036,011  reported for the
similar  period  in 1996,  with net  income of  $789,559  for the  period  ended
December 31, 1997, compared with net earnings of $637,011 for the same period in
1996.  Operating  income in the six months ended  December 31, 1997 was $518,072
compared to $627,222 in the prior year's  corresponding  period. The increase in
revenues  is  primarily  due to  increases  in  the  sale  of the  Corporation's
technical services (such as technical support,  technical repair and maintenance
services, system integrations,  network design and installation,  and training),
and to a lesser extent to an increased volumes of hardware sales. The portion of
revenues  attributed to equipment sales remained relatively constant compared to
prior  periods  due  to the  impact  of  decreases  in the  prices  of  computer
equipment.

Net income for the quarter ended December 31, 1997 are attributable to increased
service  revenues,  management's  concentration  on sales of network  and system
integration  products which yield higher profit margins,  and to a non-recurring
profit of $466,489 from the sale during the quarter of certain  unimproved  real
property.  Service  related  revenues,  though  not a  material  source  of  the
Corporation's  revenues,  are  significant  in their  contributions  to earnings
because these  operations yield a higher profit margin than equipment sales. The
Corporation  continued to increase its technical staff in response to the demand
for its services,  encountering an industry-wide shortage of qualified technical
personnel, resulting in a high level of competition to hire and retain technical
staffs.  Management  anticipates these trends to continue. For the quarter ended
December  31,  1997,  the  increase in revenues  from the  provision of service,
support,  outsourcing  and  network  integration  is  largely  the result of the
Corporation  renewing  and/or  entering into service  contracts with a number of
large  corporate  customers.  The majority of these  contracts  are  short-term,
usually  twelve  months or less,  and  contain  provisions  which  permit  early
termination. Although the contracts generally contain renewal terms, there is no
assurance that such renewals will occur.

The  computer  industry  continually  faces  a trend  of  decreasing  prices  of
computers  and  related  equipment.  Management  believes  that this  trend will
continue.  Industrywide,  the  result of price  erosion  has been  lower  profit
margins on sales, which require businesses to sell a greater volume of equipment
to maintain past earning levels.  Another result of the price decreases has been
intensified  competition  within the industry,  including the  consolidation  of
businesses  through merger or acquisition and the entrance of manufacturers into
technical services business.  Management  believes that the adoption of policies
by many larger corporate  customers to limit the number of vendors  permitted to
provide goods and services for specified  periods of time has further  increased
price  competition.  To meet these  competitive  challenges  and to maximize the
Corporation's profit margin,  management has modified its marketing strategy and
has  enforced  expense  controls.  Management's  current  marketing  strategy is
designed  to  increase  sales of lower  revenue/higher  profit  margin  products
related  to  service  and  support  operations.   Management's  efforts  include
targeting  commercial,  educational  and  governmental  customers  which provide
marketplaces  for a  wide  range  of  products  and  services  at  one  time,  a
cost-effective  approach  to sales.  Management  believes it  maximizes  profits
through  concentration  on sales of value-added  applications;  promotion of the
Corporation's   service  and  support   operations;   and  strict  adherence  to
cost-cutting  controls.  In  light  of  the  above,  management  emphasizes  and
continues  the  aggressive  pursuit of an increased  volume of equipment  sales,
technical service and support programs, and promotion of its training services.


Interest  income for the quarter and six month  period  increased as compared to
the  corresponding  periods in the prior year  because  of the  increase  in the
amount of funds invested and higher yields.  Interest  expense was eliminated in
the quarter and six-month period ended December 31, 1997 as compared to the same
periods in 1996


                                       6


<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS [CONTINUED]

as a result of management's efforts to shorten the collection cycles of accounts
receivables and payables, with a resulting reduction in related financing costs.

Although  actual expenses  increased in 1997 due to the expenses  related to the
significant  increase in the  Corporation's  technical staff (discussed  above),
selling,  general and administrative  expenses remained  relatively  constant at
approximately  9% of revenues for the quarter and six-months  ended December 31,
1997 and 1996, due to management's  strict  adherence to cost-control  measures,
although  the  expenses  were  slightly  elevated  in the  1997  quarter  due to
professional expenses related to matters discussed below.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

There are no material commitments of the Corporation's capital resources.

The  Corporation  currently  finances a portion of its accounts  receivable  and
finances   purchases  of  portions  of  its  inventory  through   floor-planning
arrangements  under  which  such  inventory  secures  the  amount   outstanding.
Inventory  decreased in the quarter and six-month period ended December 31, 1997
as  compared  to the  corresponding  period  in 1996 in  response  to  increased
inventory turns related to the higher volume of sales. Management shall continue
its efforts to increase  turnover and to provide the Corporation with protection
against inventory  obsolescence  resulting from the rapid technological advances
of the computer industry, as well as minimize floor plan financing.

Accounts  receivable and payable  increased for the quarter and six-month period
ended  December 31, 1997  compared  with the same periods in 1996 as a result of
increased  sales.  Cash levels  decreased in the six month period ended December
31, 1997 as compared to the corresponding period in 1996. The decrease is due to
scheduled payment requirements under the floor planning arrangements

For the fiscal quarter and six months ended December 31, 1997, as in the periods
ended  December  31,  1996  the  internal  resources  of  the  Corporation  were
sufficient to enable the Corporation to meet its obligations.

Management  has recently  been  appraised  of an  unasserted  possible  claim or
assessment  involving the  Corporation's  Pension Plan.  The Plan was adopted in
1981 as a defined  benefit  plan.  In 1989,  various  actions  were taken by the
Corporation to terminate the Plan, to convert it to a defined  contribution plan
and to freeze benefit accruals. No filing for plan termination was made with the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC"). Additionally, a final amended
and restated plan document  incorporating  the  foregoing  amendments  and other
required  amendments  including  those required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 do
not appear to have been properly  adopted.  In addition,  since 1989, it appears
that certain  operational  violations occurred in the administration of the Plan
including the failure to obtain spousal  consent in certain  instances  where it
was required.

The Corporation  currently  intends to (i) take corrective  action under the IRS
Walk-in  Closing  Agreement   Program  ("CAP"),   (ii)  apply  for  a  favorable
determination  letter with respect to the Plan from the IRS, and (iii) terminate
the Plan.  The CAP program  provides a correction  mechanism for "non  amenders"
such as the  Corporation.  Under  CAP,  the  Corporation  will be  subject  to a
monetary sanction (which could range from $1,000 to approximately  $40,000).  In
addition,   the  Corporation   will  be  required  to  correct,   retroactively,
operational violations,  and to pay any resulting excise taxes and PBGC premiums
and penalties that may be due.  Special counsel has advised the Corporation that
although  it  believes  that  the  Corporation  will  incur  some  liability  in
connection  with  the  correction  of  such  operational  violations,  it is not
possible to estimate the  potential  amount of or the range of liability at this
time. Such counsel has also advised that depending on the corrections  required,
such liability could range from an insignificant to a material amount,  but that
due to the uncertainties  involved, any estimate in dollar terms of the range of
any such liability at this time would be speculative and potentially misleading.


                                       7


<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
PART II- OTHER INFORMATION
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item 5: Other Information


     Pursuant to the  decision of a NASDAQ  Listing  Qualifications  Panel,  the
       Company's  common  stock was  deleted  from the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market on
       February 4, 1998.  The cited  cause of the  delisting  was the  Company's
       failure to hold its shareholder meeting (currently called for March 1998)
       prior to January 31, 1998. The Company  believes  there were  justifiable
       reasons for the delay in holding the meeting attributable to negotiations
       in connection with the Company's  proposed  transaction with an affiliate
       of GE  Capital,  and has  appealed  the  decision  to the NASDAQ  Listing
       Council. Pending determination of the appeal, the common stock will trade
       on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "TRNT."

Item 6: Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

     A. Exhibits-None required to be filed for Part II of this report.

     B. Reports on Form 8-K-None  filed during the quarter for which this report
   is submitted.

                                       8


<PAGE>

SIGNATURES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                          TRANSNET CORPORATION


Date: February 13, 1998                   By: /s/ Steven J. Wilk
                                             ---------------------
                                             Steven J. Wilk,
                                             Chief Executive Officer




Date: February 13, 1998                   By: /s/ John J. Wilk
                                             ---------------------
                                             John J. Wilk,
                                             Chief Financial and Accounting
                                             Officer


                                       9




                                                                     EXHIBIT B


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                             DATED OCTOBER 31, 1997


                                     AMONG



GE CAPITAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS ACQUISITION CORP.,
                            A DELAWARE CORPORATION,




                             TRANSNET CORPORATION,
                            A DELAWARE CORPORATION,



                                STEVEN J. WILK,
                                 AN INDIVIDUAL


                                      AND


                                JAY A. SMOLYN,
                                 AN INDIVIDUAL










- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated October 31, 1997 (this "Agreement") is
by and among GE Capital Information  Technology  Solutions  Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware  corporation  and a wholly-owned  subsidiary of GE Capital  Information
Technology  Solutions,   Inc.  ("Buyer"),   TransNet  Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation  ("Seller")  and Steven J. Wilk and Jay A. Smolyn,  individuals  and
significant  shareholders of Seller (each a "Primary Shareholder" and, together,
the "Primary Shareholders").

     WHEREAS,  Seller desires to sell and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller,
certain  properties,  rights and assets of Seller as described  herein,  for the
consideration provided herein; and

     WHEREAS, Primary Shareholders are the owners and holders, in the aggregate,
of  approximately  9% of the issued and  outstanding  shares of capital stock of
Seller;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from
this  Agreement and the  representations,  warranties,  conditions  and promises
hereinafter contained,  Seller, Primary Shareholders and Buyer hereby represent,
warrant and agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     For the  purposes  hereof,  capitalized  terms used  herein  shall have the
respective  meanings  assigned  to them in  Attachment  A or  elsewhere  herein.
References  in this  Agreement to Sections,  subsections,  paragraphs,  clauses,
Attachments  and  Exhibits are to Sections,  subsections,  paragraphs,  clauses,
Attachments and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.


                                   ARTICLE II

                          PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

     Section  2.01  Purchase  of Assets.  In  reliance  on the  representations,
warranties  and  covenants  contained  herein  and  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions  hereof, on the Closing Date, Seller will (i) assign to Buyer (in the
case of the Lease,  if so  assigned,  by  instruments  of transfer  suitable for
recording)  all of  Seller's  right,  title  and  interest  under  the  Assigned
Agreements,  (ii) sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer
will purchase from Seller,  each of the other Purchased  Assets by bills of sale
or other appropriate instruments of transfer.

     Section 2.02 Assumption of Liabilities. In reliance on the representations,
warranties  and  covenants  contained  herein  and  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions  hereof,  on  the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  assume  the  Assumed
Liabilities.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                 PURCHASE PRICE

     Section 3.01 Purchase  Price.  (a) The total  purchase  price to be paid by
Buyer for the  Purchased  Assets (in addition to the  assumption  of the Assumed
Liabilities)  (the "Purchase  Price") shall be $20,500,000  (Twenty Million Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars)  which  shall  be  paid by  Buyer  as  follows:  (i)
$18,500,000  (Eighteen  Million Five Hundred Thousand  Dollars) shall be paid by
Buyer to Seller on the Closing Date  (subject to upward  adjustment  pursuant to
Section  3.01(c),  the "Closing  Payment");  and (ii) a total of $2,000,000 (Two
Million Dollars)  (subject to downward  adjustment  pursuant to Section 3.01(c),
the "Escrow  Portion")  shall be  deposited by Buyer with the Escrow Agent to be
held,  invested and distributed by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms
of the Escrow  Agreement  and in accordance  with Section  3.01(c)  hereof.  The
Closing  Payment  amount  may  reduced by an amount up to, but not in excess of,
$1,000,000 (One Million  Dollars) under the  circumstances  described in Section
6.01(k).

     (b) Payment of Purchase  Price.  Payment of the Closing  Payment portion of
the  Purchase  Price  shall be made by  Buyer  to  Seller  by wire  transfer  of
immediately  available  funds to such account as may be designated in writing by
Seller at least two business days prior to the Closing Date and payment by Buyer
of the Escrow  Portion of the Purchase  Price shall be made by wire  transfer of
immediately available funds to such account as



<PAGE>

maybe  designated  in writing to Buyer by the Escrow Agent at least two business
   days prior to the Closing Date.

     (c) Regarding  Escrowed  Amounts.  The parties hereto agree that $1,000,000
(One  Million  Dollars) of the total Escrow  Portion  (such amount of the Escrow
Portion,  subject to downward adjustment  pursuant to the immediately  following
sentence,  the "TPP  Deposit") is to be segregated  and held by the Escrow Agent
pursuant  to an Escrow  Agreement  in the form of  Exhibit  A-3  hereto  for the
purpose of discharging any losses, claims, costs or other liabilities of Seller,
Buyer or the Seller Pension Plan arising under or relating to the Seller Pension
Plan.  If between the date of this  Agreement  and the Closing  Date,  Buyer and
Seller agree that the maximum  potential  liability with respect to such matters
described  in the  preceding  sentence  is less  than  $1,000,000  (One  Million
Dollars)  and Buyer  and  Seller  agree on the  amount  of such  lesser  maximum
potential liability,  the Closing Payment and the TPP Deposit shall be increased
and  decreased,  respectively,  by the  difference  between  $1,000,000 and such
agreed amount of lesser potential maximum liability.  The parties hereto further
agree that the release and  disbursement  of the TPP Deposit  shall occur in the
following manner:  (1) at such time as the Seller and the IRS reach an agreement
in principle on a negotiated  monetary sanction (the "Sanction  Amount") and the
actions  and   corresponding   costs  required  to  correct  plan  defects  (the
"Correction  Amount")  with respect to the Seller  Pension Plan pursuant to Rev.
Proc.  94-16,  an amount shall be released and  disbursed to Seller from the TPP
Deposit  equal to the sum of (I) the Sanction  Amount,  plus (II) the portion of
the Correction Amount which is attributable to items disclosed to the IRS in the
Seller's application under Rev. Proc. 94-16, plus (III) an additional portion of
the Correction  amount, if any, to which Seller and Buyer agree in writing;  (2)
at  such  time  as the  60-day  (or  extended)  period  referred  to in  Section
4041(b)(2)(C)  of ERISA  expires or upon receipt of a letter,  opinion or ruling
from the PBGC  approving or acquiescing  with respect to the  termination of the
Seller  Pension Plan, an amount equal to the amount  necessary to fully fund the
Seller Pension Plan upon a standard termination basis in accordance with Section
4041(b) of ERISA (as  determined  in  accordance  with the  certification  of an
enrolled actuary for purposes of Section 4041(b)(2)(A)(i)) shall be released and
disbursed to Seller from the TPP  Deposit,  (3) any amount  (including,  without
limitation,  excise taxes, premiums, penalties and interest) required to be paid
to the IRS, DOL or the PBGC in connection  with the Seller Pension Plan shall be
released  and  disbursed  to Seller from the TPP Deposit  upon  presentation  by
Seller to Buyer of either (A) an  assessment or other demand for such payment by
the IRS, DOL or PBGC, or (B) the appropriate transmittal forms for such payment,
and (4) at reasonable intervals,  amounts necessary to pay legal,  actuarial and
other  professional  fees and expenses  with respect to the Seller  Pension Plan
shall be  released  and  disbursed  to Seller  from the TPP  Deposit;  provided,
however,  in each such case, that the Seller certifies that the amounts released
will be used for purposes of paying such Sanction  Amount and Correction  Amount
(in the case of item (1)  above),  for  purposes  of fully  funding  the  Seller
Pension  Plan on a standard  termination  basis (in the case of item (2) above),
for  purposes of paying any amount  required to be paid by the IRS,  DOL or PBGC
(in the case of item (3) above) or for purposes of paying  legal,  actuarial and
professional  fees  and  expenses  (in the case of item  (4)  above);  provided,
further  that the  aggregate  amount to be released  and  disbursed  pursuant to
clause (4) above shall not exceed $100,000.  No later than March 31, 1998 Seller
shall (X)  voluntarily  request  consideration  of the  Seller  Pension  Plan in
accordance  with  Rev.  Proc.  94-16,  (Y)  make  application  to the  IRS for a
determination  letter with respect to the qualified status of the Seller Pension
Plan upon plan termination,  and (Z) file a standard termination notice with, or
otherwise  request  approval of, the PGBC with respect to the termination of the
Seller  Pension Plan.  Seller shall  promptly  provide to Buyer  evidence of the
payment of all such amounts in items (1),  (2),  (3) and (4) above.  Any amounts
remaining in the TPP Deposit after the payment of the amounts described in items
(1), (2), (3) and (4) above shall be released and  distributed  upon the earlier
of (i) the  latest to occur of (a) the date  that  Seller  enters  into a formal
closing  agreement  described in item (1) above and pays the Sanction Amount and
completes the correction in accordance with the closing agreement, (b) the final
distribution  of plan  assets of the Seller  Pension  Plan  pursuant  to Section
4041(b)(2)(D)  of ERISA or in accordance with an opinion,  letter or ruling from
the PBGC, (c) the receipt of a determination  letter from the IRS concerning the
qualified status of the Seller Pension Plan upon plan  termination,  and (d) the
date that the  Seller  certifies  to Buyer  that no  further  premium  payments,
interest payments,  excise taxes, penalties or legal, actuarial and professional
fees and expenses are due with respect to the Seller Pension Plan, and (ii) such
date as the Buyer shall notify  Seller in writing  that Buyer is satisfied  that
all of Seller's  obligations  with respect to the Seller  Pension Plan have been
satisfied.  Buyer  agrees  that any  other  liabilities  of  Seller  or  Primary
Shareholders  to Buyer arising under or related to this  Agreement  that are not
related to the Seller  Pension Plan may not be satisfied by payments to Buyer of
any portion of the TPP Deposit. Seller and Primary Shareholders agree that Buyer
may cause the Escrow  Agent to release and  disburse to Buyer all or any portion
of the TPP Deposit in the amount


                                       2



<PAGE>

of any losses,  claims, costs or other liabilities of the Buyer arising under or
relating to the Seller  Pension  Plan upon  presentation  by Buyer to Seller and
Primary  Shareholders  of  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to Seller and the
Primary Shareholders that Buyer has incurred or will incur such losses,  claims,
costs  or  other  liabilities  and  the  amount  thereof.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in the event that after Seller has made a good faith effort to apply
for and negotiate  with the IRS  concerning  the Seller Pension Plan pursuant to
Rev.  Proc.  94-16,  Seller  and IRS  cannot  agree on the  Sanction  Amount and
Correction  Amount,  Buyer  agrees to  cooperate  in good faith  with  Seller to
establish an alternative  procedure for the release and  disbursement of the TPP
Deposit.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    CLOSING

     Section 4.01 The Closing Date.  The closing of the purchase and sale of the
Purchased  Assets and the assumption of the Assumed  Liabilities (the "Closing")
shall take place at the  offices of Dewey  Ballantine  LLP,  1301  Avenue of the
Americas,  New  York,  NY  10019,  at  10:00  a.m.  New  York  time,  as soon as
practicable  after all  conditions  to Closing are satisfied or such other time,
date or place as Seller,  Primary Shareholders and Buyer may mutually agree (the
"Closing Date").

     Section 4.02. Certificates, Instruments of Transfer, Etc. (a) Seller agrees
that  the  sale  and  transfer  of the  Purchased  Assets  shall  be made by the
Assignment Agreement, bills of sale and other instruments of transfer acceptable
to Buyer.  Seller and Buyer  agree to use  reasonable  efforts to  minimize  any
sales, use, transfer and similar  transaction taxes and other transaction costs,
provided that such efforts shall not expose either party to any additional  cost
or risk. Seller shall pay all of such taxes, if any.

     (b) Subject to any repurchase thereof pursuant to Section 8.02(b), from and
after the Closing Date,  Buyer shall have the right and the authority to collect
for its own  account all  Receivables  which  shall be  transferred  to Buyer as
provided  herein  and  to  endorse  with  the  name  of  Seller  (or  a  Primary
Shareholder,  if applicable) any checks received on account of such Receivables.
From and after the Closing Date, each Seller and each Primary  Shareholder will,
promptly  following  receipt thereof,  transfer and deliver to Buyer any cash or
other property that it may receive in respect of such  Receivables  (except cash
or property received by them in respect of Receivables  repurchased  pursuant to
Section 8.02(b)) and until so transferred and delivered the same shall be deemed
to be held in trust for Buyer. From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall also
have the right to  compromise,  settle and obtain the  release of all claims and
liabilities related to the Assigned Agreements and to open all mail and packages
and receive all communications and deliveries  addressed to Primary Shareholders
or Seller at the Site.

     (c) Buyer  agrees to assume the  Assumed  Liabilities  by  delivery  of the
Assignment Agreement.

     (d) Seller and Primary  Shareholders  agree that, at any time and from time
to time after the Closing Date, they will, upon request and at Buyer's  expense,
execute,   acknowledge  and  deliver,   all  such  further   reasonable   deeds,
assignments,  transfers  and  conveyances  as may be  required  for  the  better
assigning, transferring, granting and conveying to Buyer of any of the Purchased
Assets.

     (e) Buyer agrees that,  at any time and from time to time after the Closing
Date, it will, upon request,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver,  or cause to be
executed,  acknowledged or delivered, all such further reasonable assumptions as
may be required for the better  confirming to Seller the  assumption by Buyer of
the Assumed Liabilities.


                                   ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Section  5.01   Representations   and  Warranties  of  Seller  and  Primary
Shareholders.  Seller  and the  Primary  Shareholders,  jointly  and  severally,
represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:

     (a) Seller's  Organization,  Good Standing and Capitalization.  Seller is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Delaware,  has all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to
carry on its business as it is now being conducted,  and is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation in each jurisdiction where failure to qualify
would have a material adverse effect on the Business. Seller has no subsidiaries
other than Century American Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary, and is not a


                                       3



<PAGE>

participant  in any joint  venture or similar  arrangement.  The only name under
which the Seller currently conducts its business is TransNet Corporation and all
of Seller's contracts,  agreements and other business arrangements  currently in
effect  have been  entered in the name of, or have been  assigned  to,  TransNet
Corporation.  Century  American  Corporation  has no assets or  liabilities  and
conducts no business.

     (b) Corporate  Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by
Seller of this Agreement,  the Escrow Agreement,  the Assignment Agreement,  and
the bills of sale,  assignments and other instruments of transfer referred to in
this  Agreement  have been  authorized  and approved by all requisite  corporate
action on the part of Seller other than approval by the  shareholders  of Seller
in  accordance  with  laws of the  State  of  Delaware  and the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and By-laws of Seller.  Upon receipt of the  necessary  approvals
from Seller's  shareholders  and the  expiration or  termination  of the waiting
period under the HSR Act, this Agreement,  the Escrow Agreement,  the Assignment
Agreement,  and the bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of transfer
referred to in this Agreement will constitute the valid, binding and enforceable
obligations  of Primary  Shareholders  and Seller  (subject to the execution and
delivery of such other  agreements and instruments  (other than this Agreement))
except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other
similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights in general or by
general  principles  of  equity.  This  Agreement  has been  duly  executed  and
delivered  by Seller and each Primary  Shareholder  and is the valid and binding
obligation of Seller and each Primary Shareholder.

     (c) Purchased Assets;  Business. (1) Exhibit 5.01(c)(1) is an accurate list
of the Assigned Agreements,  setting forth the name and date of, and parties to,
each such  agreement,  a brief  description  of the subject  matter  thereof and
indicating  whether any consent is required for the assignment of such agreement
by Seller to Buyer, as contemplated by this Agreement.  True and complete copies
of the Assigned Agreements have been furnished to Buyer. Exhibit 5.01(c)(1) also
contains a list of all of the  automobiles  on the books of the Seller  that are
used for the personal use of any individual.

     (2) Seller is not in default (and no event or  circumstance  exists  which,
with notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default by Seller) in
any  material  respect  under any of the  Assigned  Agreements  and, to the best
knowledge  of Seller and Primary  Shareholders,  no other party to the  Assigned
Agreements is in default with such  agreements.  Each  Assigned  Agreement is in
full force and effect.  Seller has the right to assign the Assigned  Agreements,
subject to  restrictions  on  assignment  contained in the  Assigned  Agreements
indicated  on Exhibit  5.01(c)(1)  or under  applicable  law, and Seller has not
otherwise  assigned,   pledged  or  encumbered  its  interest  in  the  Assigned
Agreements. No obligation of Seller under any Assigned Agreement is in excess of
the  normal,  ordinary  and usual  requirements  of  Seller or at other  than an
arms-length  price.  Except  as set forth on  Exhibit  5.01(c)(1),  no  Assigned
Agreement  obligates Seller to sell or deliver any product or service at a price
which  does not  cover  the cost  (including  labor,  materials  and  production
overhead)  together with the customary profit margin for such product or service
in the light of the  amount  of  product  or  service  provided  and the type of
customer  involved.  Exhibit  5.01(c)(2) sets forth a report for the Business of
all orders received and not filled as of October 24, 1997.

     (3)  Seller's  interest  in the Site is a valid  and  subsisting  leasehold
interest  in the Site  pursuant to the Lease,  and the Lease  affords the tenant
thereunder  the  legal  right  to  occupy  the  Site as of the  Closing  Date in
accordance with the terms thereof. The Lease is valid and enforceable by Seller,
and Seller and each Primary Shareholder  believes that at the time the Lease was
executed  the  rentals  payable by the tenant  under the Lease were fair  market
value  rentals for the property  subject  thereto.  Seller has performed all the
obligations  required to be  performed by it under the Lease and  possesses  and
quietly  enjoys  the  premises  under the  Lease.  Neither  Seller  nor  Primary
Shareholders  have  received  notice of any pending or  threatened  condemnation
proceedings  relating to all or any portion of the property or premises that are
the  subject  of the  Lease  and,  so far as known to  Seller  and each  Primary
Shareholder,   there  are  no  such  pending  or  threatened  proceedings.   The
structures,  tangible  properties  and  equipment  owned,  operated or leased by
Seller in  connection  with the  Business  are used and useable by Seller in the
present conduct of the Business. The Excluded Real Property is the only interest
in real property  owned by the Seller (other than its leasehold  interest in the
Site  pursuant  to the Lease).  Exhibit  5.01(c)(3)  contains an accurate  legal
description of the Excluded Real Property.  Seller has a good and marketable fee
simple interest in the Excluded Real Property.

     (4) Seller has good,  indefeasible  and marketable  title to the Inventory,
Receivables,  Furnishings and Customer Data, free and clear of all  Encumbrances
other than those  created  under the  Borrowing  Arrangements.  The  Receivables
constitute  valid claims against the account debtors with respect  thereto.  The
Receivables will be


                                       4



<PAGE>

collectible within 180 days after the Closing Date at 97% of the aggregate gross
recorded  amounts thereof less any reasonable  allowance or reserve to be agreed
upon by Buyer and Seller on or prior to the Closing Date.  The Inventory is new,
unused, undamaged, unopened product in its original packaging and treated by the
manufacturer thereof as its current product and valued in the Seller's inventory
records at the lower of Seller's  cost and the  manufacturers'  current  pricing
levels.  Inventory  at any time is  determined  on the  basis  of the  Inventory
physically  located at the Site (or in transit or  storage) at such time and not
on the  basis of  accounting  records.  Inventory  shall not  include  property,
products,  fixtures  and  equipment  used  in the  day-to-day  operation  of the
Business or any of the Other Property.

     (5) Exhibit 5.01(c)(5) sets forth the nature of the operations at the Site,
lists the Inventory and  Receivables  as of October 24, 1997 and lists the Other
Property  as of such date.  All  property of the Seller  constituting  Purchased
Assets are located at the Site.

     (6) The  Purchased  Assets  constitute  all of the assets and  business  of
Seller  used by Seller in or  necessary  to conduct  the  Business  (subject  to
Section 8.02 and other than the Excluded Assets).

     (d)  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth  on  Exhibit  5.01(d),  there is no
litigation,  action, suit, tax audit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to
Primary  Shareholders'  or Seller's  knowledge,  threatened  with respect to the
Business  of  Seller,  any of the  Purchased  Assets or any of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  before  or by  any  Federal,  state,  municipal  or  other
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
or any other  entity,  which,  if  adversely  determined,  could have a material
adverse  impact  upon the  Purchased  Assets  taken as a whole or the conduct by
Buyer after the Closing Date of a business at the Site substantially  similar to
the  Business.  Neither  Seller nor any Primary  Shareholder  is in default with
respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Federal, state,
municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality  which, if not cured,  could have a material adverse impact upon
the Purchased  Assets taken as a whole or the conduct by Buyer after the Closing
Date of a business at the Site substantially similar to the Business of Seller.

     (e)  No  Conflict.   Assuming  that  (1)  the  requisite  approval  of  the
shareholders of Seller is obtained, (2) all applicable Governmental  Authorities
relating to the HSR Act approve the transactions contemplated hereby and (3) all
required consents to the assignment of the Assigned Agreements are obtained, the
execution by Primary  Shareholders and Seller of this Agreement,  the Employment
Agreements,  the Escrow Agreement,  the Assignment  Agreement,  and the bills of
sale,  assignments  and  other  instruments  of  transfer  referred  to in  this
Agreement,  in each case,  to which  each such  person or entity is or will be a
party, compliance by Primary Shareholders and Seller with the provisions of this
Agreement and the other such agreements to which each such person or entity will
be a party  and the  consummation  by  Primary  Shareholders  and  Seller of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) will not violate in any material
respect any provision of applicable law to which Primary  Shareholders or Seller
are subject,  (ii) will not conflict  with any provision of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or By-laws of Seller or conflict with or constitute a default (or
with notice or lapse of time or both,  constitute a default) under, or result in
the termination of, or accelerate the performance  required by any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any contract,  agreement or other instrument binding
on Seller or any Primary  Shareholder,  (iii) will not result in the creation of
any  Encumbrance  upon any of the  Purchased  Assets,  (iv) do not  require  the
consent or approval of, or registration,  declaration or filing with, any court,
administrative   agency  or  commission  or  other  governmental   authority  or
instrumentality,  except for  filings  under  state  laws,  if any,  required in
connection with the conveyance of the  Receivables and vehicles,  and (v) do not
violate any order, writ,  injunction,  decree,  arbitral award, statute, rule or
regulation  applicable to either Primary  Shareholders or Seller,  to any of the
Purchased Assets or to the Business of Seller,  violation of which could have an
adverse  impact upon Buyer or the  conduct by Buyer after the Closing  Date of a
business substantially similar to the Business.

     (f) No Other Agreements to Sell Assets or Business.  Neither Seller nor any
Primary  Shareholder has any legal  obligation,  absolute or contingent,  to any
other  person  or firm to sell the  assets of Seller  (other  than  sales in the
ordinary  course of  business) or to effect any merger,  consolidation  or other
reorganization of Seller or to enter into any agreement with respect thereto.

     (g) Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Seller has delivered to Buyer
copies of Seller's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (certified as of the
date hereof by its  Secretary),  which copies are complete and correct as of the
date hereof.


                                       5



<PAGE>

     (h) Financial Statements. The Seller has previously furnished to Buyer true
and complete  copies of (i) the audited  balance sheet of the Seller for each of
the fiscal years ended as of June 30, 1997,  June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995 and
the related audited statements of earnings,  stockholder's equity and cash flows
for each of such  periods  then  ended  together  with  all  related  notes  and
schedules   thereto,   accompanied  by  the  reports  thereon  of  the  Seller's
Accountants (collectively referred to herein as the "Financial Statements"). The
Financial  Statements  (i) have been  prepared in  accordance  with the books of
account and other financial records of the Seller,  (ii) except to the extent of
changes that may be required relating to the Seller Pension Plan, present fairly
in all material  respects the  financial  condition and results of operations of
the  Seller  as of the dates  thereof  or for the  periods  covered  thereby  in
accordance with GAAP and (iii) include or will include all adjustments  that are
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial  condition and the results of
the operations of the Seller as of the dates thereof or for the periods  covered
thereby in  accordance  with GAAP  (subject,  in the case of the Seller  Interim
Statements,  to normal year-end  adjustments,  and, in the case of all Financial
Statements,  to changes  that may be  required  relating  to the Seller  Pension
Plan).

     (i) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities and Obligations. Except as disclosed
in the Seller Audited  Statements for the period ending June 30, 1997 and as may
relate to the  Seller  Pension  Plan,  Seller  has not had and does not have any
liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute,  contingent or otherwise)
of a nature  required to be reflected in a balance  sheet of Seller  prepared in
accordance  with GAAP or  disclosed  in the notes  thereto,  including,  without
limitation, any Taxes due or to become due.

     (j) Tax Matters.  Seller has: (i)  correctly  prepared and timely filed all
returns,  declarations,  reports, estimates,  information returns and statements
("Returns") required to be filed or sent by or with respect to Seller in respect
of any Taxes  (except to the extent that issues  concerning  the Seller  Pension
Plan  results in such  Returns  being  incorrectly  prepared);  (ii)  timely and
properly paid all Taxes that are due and payable  (except to the extent that the
issues concerning the Seller Pension Plan will result in a retroactive  increase
in such Taxes);  (iii)  established  on its books and records  reserves that are
adequate  for the  payment of all Taxes not yet due and  payable  (except to the
extent  that such  reserves  will  require  increases  as a result of the issues
concerning the Seller Pension Plan); and (iv) complied with all applicable laws,
rules and  regulations  relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has
timely and properly  withheld  from  employee  wages and paid over to the proper
governmental  authorities  all amounts  required to be so withheld and paid over
under all  applicable  laws  (except to the extent  that issues  concerning  the
Seller  Pension  Plan  constitute   noncompliance   with  such  laws,  rules  or
regulations).  There  are no liens for Taxes  upon the  assets of Seller  except
liens for Taxes not yet due.  Seller is not a party to any  agreement  providing
for the allocation, sharing or indemnification of Taxes.

     (k) No Brokers. Neither any Primary Shareholder nor Seller has made contact
or had any  dealings  with or  entered  into,  and  will  not  enter  into,  any
agreement,  arrangement or understanding with any broker,  leasing agent, finder
or similar person or entity with respect to this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  which will  result in the  obligation  of Buyer to pay any
finder's fee,  brokerage  commission or similar  payment in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Seller shall be solely  responsible for any
fees to be  paid to  Amtech  Associates  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

     (l)  Employee  Benefit  Information.  (i)  Except as set  forth on  Exhibit
5.01(l) (and other than the TransNet Corporation Pension Plan for Employees (the
"Seller Pension Plan")), Seller does not maintain, is not required to contribute
to and has no  liabilities  with  respect to any  Employee  Benefit  Plan and no
Company  Personnel  or dependent  thereof is entitled to any benefits  except as
provided for by the provisions of such Employee  Benefit Plans. No individual is
a party to an  Employment  Contract  pertaining  to the  Business  that  will be
effective on the Closing Date. Each Employee  Benefit Plan which is an "employee
pension  benefit plan" as that term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA has been
identified as such on Exhibit 5.01(l).

     (ii)  Seller has  provided  Buyer with (x) copies of all  Employee  Benefit
Plans (other than the Seller Pension Plan) or in the case of an unwritten  plan,
a written  description  thereof,  (y) copies of the latest annual,  financial or
actuarial reports and Internal Revenue Service determination letters relating to
such Employee Benefit Plans other than the Seller Pension Plan and (z) copies of
all current summary plan  descriptions  (whether or not required to be furnished
under ERISA) and all material written employee  communications  relating to such
Employee  Benefit Plans other than the Seller  Pension Plan and  distributed  to
Company Personnel,  in each case under this subsection  (l)(ii),  existing or in
effect during or within the past five years.

     (iii)  Except as  disclosed  on Exhibit  5.01(l) and Exhibit  5.01(s),  the
transactions contemplated by this

                                       6


<PAGE>

Agreement  (either  alone or together with any other  transaction)  will not (w)
entitle any Company  Personnel to severance pay or other similar  payments under
any Employee  Benefit Plan or law  (assuming  Buyer takes no actions on or after
the  Closing  Date  which  result  in an  obligation  to make any such  payments
pursuant  to the  provisions  of WARN),  (x)  accelerate  the time of payment or
vesting or increase the amount of benefits  due under any Employee  Benefit Plan
or compensation to any Company Personnel,  (y) result in any payments (including
parachute  payments) under any Employee  Benefit Plan, law or other agreement to
which Seller is a party becoming due to any Company Personnel,  or (z) terminate
or modify or give a third party a right to terminate or modify the provisions or
terms of any Employee Benefit Plan.

     (iv) The  TransNet  Corporation  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan (the "401(k)
Plan") is designed to be qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code,
the related trust is designed to be exempt from tax under Section  501(a) of the
Code and both have been operated in material compliance with such Sections.  The
401(k) Plan is a  standardized  401(k)  prototype  profit  sharing  plan and the
prototype  sponsor has  received a favorable  opinion  letter from the  Internal
Revenue  Service  stating that the form of such  prototype plan is so qualified,
and nothing has occurred  since the date of such letter to cause the 401(k) Plan
to be disqualified.  All contributions due with respect to the periods ending on
or before the Closing Date to the 401(k) Plan have been timely  made,  and a PRO
RATA portion of the contributions  (including  matching  contributions)  for the
plan year in which the  Closing  Date occurs have been or will have been made on
or before the Closing Date.

     (v) Seller has not, and prior to the Closing Date will not have, suffered a
"plant closing" or "mass layoff" within the meaning of the Worker Adjustment and
Retraining  Notification Act ("WARN"),  determined without regard to any actions
taken by Buyer at or after the Closing, and Primary Shareholders and Seller will
provide  Buyer,  upon request,  with such  information as shall be necessary for
Buyer to determine its potential WARN liability.

     (vi) No Purchased Asset which is to be acquired, directly or indirectly, by
Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement  is subject to any  Encumbrance  (including a
pledge of such  assets as  security  to satisfy  an  obligation)  under  Section
401(a)(29) of the Code,  Section 412(n) of the Code,  Section 302(f) of ERISA or
Section 4068 of ERISA.

     (vii) Seller has never  maintained  or  sponsored,  with respect to Company
Personnel,  any plan or arrangement providing for post-employment health or life
insurance coverage.

     (m)  Labor  Disagreements.  Except  as set  forth on  Exhibit  5.01(d),  in
connection  with the operation of the  Business,  (i) Seller is in compliance in
all  material  respects  with all  applicable  laws  respecting  employment  and
employment  practices,  terms and  conditions of employment and wages and hours,
and is not  engaged  in any  unfair  labor  practice;  (ii)  Seller has not been
notified of any unfair labor practice charge or complaint against Seller pending
or to the  knowledge  of Seller  and  Primary  Shareholders,  no such  charge or
complaint is threatened  before the National Labor  Relations  Board,  any state
labor  relations  board or any  court or  tribunal;  (iii)  Seller  has not been
notified  of  any  charge  or  claim  filed  at or  with  the  Equal  Employment
Opportunity  Commission,  any state agency having  similar  jurisdiction  or any
court or tribunal,  actually pending and, to the knowledge of Seller and Primary
Shareholders, no such charge or claim is threatened against Seller in connection
with the  operation of the  Business;  (iv) there is no labor  strike,  dispute,
slowdown or stoppage  actually  pending against or affecting  Seller and, to the
knowledge of Seller and Primary Shareholders, none is or has been threatened and
no efforts to organize  labor are underway by the Employees of Seller nor to the
knowledge of Seller and the Primary  Shareholders  has there been a request made
by any  Employee  for  representation;  (v) Seller has not been  notified of any
grievance  which  might have a  material  adverse  effect on the  conduct of the
operations  of the  Business;  and  (vi)  Seller  has no  collective  bargaining
agreements with respect to any Employees.

     (n)   Environmental   Compliance.   (i)  Neither  Seller  nor  any  Primary
Shareholder has been notified that Seller is, and neither Seller nor any Primary
Shareholder knows of or suspects that Seller is, in violation,  or alleged to be
in violation,  of any  Environmental  Laws which would have an adverse effect on
the Business.

     (ii)  Neither  Seller nor any Primary  Shareholder  has  received a notice,
complaint,  order, directive,  claim or citation from any third party, including
without limitation any federal, state or local governmental authority,  (A) that
any Hazardous  Materials  which Seller has  generated,  stored,  transported  or
disposed  of has been  released  at any site at which a federal,  state or local
agency  has  conducted  or has  ordered  that  any  person  conduct  a  remedial
investigation,  removal or other response action  pursuant to any  Environmental
Law or has named Seller as a potentially  responsible  party; or (B) that Seller
is or shall be a named party to any claim, action,  cause of action,  complaint,
or legal or  administrative  proceeding (in each case,  contingent or otherwise)
arising out of any


                                       7


<PAGE>

third  party's  incurrence  of costs,  expenses,  losses or  damages of any kind
whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous Materials.

     (iii) (A) to the best  knowledge  of Seller and  Primary  Shareholders,  no
portion of the  property of Seller has been used for the  handling,  processing,
storage or disposal of Hazardous  Materials except in accordance with applicable
Environmental  Laws;  and no  underground  tank  or  other  underground  storage
receptacle for Hazardous  Materials is located on any portion of the Site or the
Excluded  Real  Property;  (B) to the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  Primary
Shareholders,  in the course of any activities  conducted by Seller or operators
of Seller's properties,  no Hazardous Materials have been generated or are being
used on the property except in accordance with  applicable  Environmental  Laws;
(C) to the best knowledge of Seller and Primary Shareholders, there have been no
releases (i.e.,  any past or present  releasing,  spilling,  leaking,  leaching,
pumping,  pouring,  emitting,  emptying,   discharging,   injecting,   escaping,
disposing or dumping) or  threatened  releases of Hazardous  Materials on, upon,
into or from the property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the
Seller or any of its affiliates,  which releases would have an adverse effect on
the value of any of the property or adjacent properties or the environment;  and
(D) in addition any Hazardous  Materials  that have been  generated or stored on
any of the currently or formerly owned, operated or leased property of Seller or
any of its  affiliates  have,  to the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  Primary
Shareholders,   been   transported   off  site  only  by  carriers   having  the
authorization  of the  Environmental  Protection  Agency or any other  competent
federal,  state or  municipal  authority  and  treated  or  disposed  of only by
treatment or disposal  facilities  maintaining  valid permits as required  under
applicable  Environmental  Laws, which transporters and facilities have been and
are, to the best of Seller's and Primary Shareholders'  knowledge,  operating in
compliance with such permits and applicable Environmental Laws.

     (iv) The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement and the
other  agreements and instruments  referred to or  contemplated  herein to which
Seller or any Primary Shareholder is or will be a party, and the transfer of the
Purchased Assets by Seller to Buyer, are not subject to any  Environmental  Laws
which  condition,  restrict or  prohibit  the sale,  lease or other  transfer of
property or operations.

     (v)  Seller  has  no  environmentally  related  audits,  studies,  reports,
analyses (including soil and groundwater analyses), or results of investigations
that have been  performed  with respect to the  currently or  previously  owned,
leased, or operated properties of the Seller or any of its affiliates.

     (vi) There is not now nor, to the best  knowledge of the Seller and Primary
Shareholders,  has there  been  located at any of the  properties  of the Seller
asbestos containing material or equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls.


     (vii) The Seller has no, and is not required to have any federal, state, or
municipal  permits,  licenses,  certificates  and  approvals  necessary  to  the
Seller's business ("Environmental Permits"). The Seller has not been notified by
any  relevant  governmental  authority  that any  Environmental  Permit  will be
required  to be  acquired  or  maintained  by  Seller or that the  Company  is a
potentially responsible party under any Environmental Laws.

     (o)  Insurance.  Seller  maintains  and has in full  force and  effect  the
insurance  policies  covering the  Purchased  Assets and the  Business  that are
described in Exhibit  5.01(o).  Copies of the  insurance  policies  covering the
Purchased Assets and the Business of Seller have been provided to Buyer.

     (p) Intangible  Assets;  Confidentiality  Agreements.  (1) The Intellectual
Properties  listed on Exhibit  5.01(p)(1) are all those used or being  developed
for use in the business of Seller or  necessary  for the conduct of the business
of  Seller.  Other than as  disclosed  in Exhibit  5.01(p)(1),  Seller  owns all
Intellectual Properties listed on Exhibit 5.01(p)(1) hereto. Except as indicated
on Exhibit  5.01(p)(1),  neither  Seller nor Primary  Shareholders  have sent or
otherwise  communicated  to any  other  person  any  notice,  charge,  claim  or
assertion  of, or has any  knowledge  of, any present,  impending or  threatened
infringement by such other person of any Intellectual Properties,  by such other
person.

     (2) Exhibit  5.01(p)(2)  contains a complete and correct  identification of
all  confidentiality  agreements to which any Primary Shareholder or Seller is a
party as of the date of this Agreement.

     (q)  Employees.  Exhibit  5.01(q)  sets forth the current  name,  location,
title, date of employment, annual salaries, bonuses (and any changes in salaries
or bonuses  since  January 1, 1997) of each  Employee  and, if  applicable,  the
commissions  earned  and paid  since  January  1,  1997 to  Employee.  Except as
described  on  Exhibit  5.01(q),  no  Employee  is a party to a  confidentiality
agreement or noncompetition  agreement with Seller,  Primary Shareholders or any
of their respective affiliates.  Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.01(q), neither
Primary Shareholders nor Seller has knowledge or has received notice of any plan
of any Employee to terminate his or her


                                       8


<PAGE>

employment with Seller prior to the Closing Date.

     (r)  Compliance  with Laws;  SEC  Filings;  Proxy  Statements.  Except with
respect to the matters  disclosed on Exhibit 5.01(u) as well as matters relating
to the Seller  Pension Plan and assuming that Buyer will not take any actions on
or after the Closing Date that will result in any noncompliance under applicable
provisions  of WARN,  Primary  Shareholders  and  Seller  have  complied  in all
material respects with all applicable statutes, regulations,  orders, ordinances
and other laws of the United  States of  America,  all state,  local and foreign
governments and other governmental  bodies and authorities,  and agencies of any
of the  foregoing  relating  to the  Business  to which they are subject and any
undertakings of Primary Shareholders or Seller to any of the foregoing.  Neither
any Primary  Shareholder  nor Seller has received any notice to the effect that,
or  otherwise  been  advised  that,  it is not in  compliance  with  any of such
statutes,  regulations and orders, ordinances,  other laws or undertakings,  and
neither Seller nor any Primary Shareholder has any reason to anticipate that any
presently existing  circumstances are likely to result in violations of any such
regulations  which could, in any one case or in the aggregate,  cause a material
loss to Seller (except with respect to the matters  disclosed on Exhibit 5.01(u)
as well as matters  relating to the Seller  Pension Plan and assuming that Buyer
will not take any actions on or after the  Closing  Date that will result in any
such material  loss under  applicable  provisions  of WARN) or otherwise  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Business.  To the best of Seller's and Primary
Shareholders' knowledge, there is not presently pending any proceeding,  hearing
or investigation  with respect to the adoption of amendments or modifications to
existing laws or ordinances,  regulations  or  restrictions  which,  if adopted,
would materially  adversely  affect the present  business of Seller.  During the
last five (5) years, Seller has filed all forms,  reports,  statements and other
documents  required by law to be filed by them with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission"),  including,  without  limitation,  (a) all Annual
Reports on Form 10-K,  (b) all Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q,  (c) all Current
Reports on Form 8-K, (d) all other reports and registration statements,  and (e)
all amendments and supplements to all such reports and registration  statements,
and all such forms, reports, statements and other documents,  including, without
limitation,  those  filed after the date  hereof,  did not at the time they were
filed (or at the time they became effective and so long as they remain effective
in the case of registration  statements and amendments thereto),  or will not at
the time they are filed (at the time they become  effective  and so long as they
remain effective in the case of registration statements and amendments thereto),
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  in order to make the  statements
therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were  made,  not
misleading  (except,  with respect to such items filed prior to the date hereof,
for the failure to include applicable  information in such filings regarding the
Seller Pension Plan).  The proxy  statement to be mailed to the  stockholders of
the  Seller  (the  "Proxy  Statement")  in  connection  with the  meeting of the
stockholders  of the Seller  called to consider  and vote upon the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  (the  "Special  Meeting",  and any  amendment  thereof  or
supplement  thereto,  when mailed and at the time of the Special Meeting,  shall
not contain any untrue statement of material fact, or omit to state any material
fact  necessary  in  order  to make  the  statements  therein,  in  light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not false or misleading, and shall comply
as to form in all material  respects with all requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  The Seller is not an
investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940.

     (s)  Transactions  with  Certain  Persons.  Except as set forth on  Exhibit
5.01(s), no shareholder that owns 5% or more of the outstanding capital stock of
Seller,  officer,  director  or  employee  of Seller or member of such  person's
immediate family is presently a party to any transaction with Seller relating to
Seller's business,  including,  without limitation,  any contract,  agreement or
other  arrangement  (i)  providing  for the  furnishing  of  services  by,  (ii)
providing for the rental of real or personal  property from, or (iii)  otherwise
requiring payments to (other than services as officers,  directors or employees)
any such person or corporation,  partnership, trust or other entity in which any
such person has a  substantial  interest as a  shareholder,  officer,  director,
trustee or partner.

     (t) Clients; Executives; Relationship with Accounts. No client, customer or
supplier of Seller has provided  notice to Seller of its  intention to terminate
its relationship  with Seller or to substantially  reduce the amount of business
it provides to Seller.  Neither Seller nor any Primary Shareholder has knowledge
of any plan of any client,  customer or  supplier to do so.  Attached  hereto as
Exhibit 5.01(t) is a true, complete and accurate list of Seller's twenty largest
accounts  (in  terms of net  revenues)  during  the 12 month  period  ending  on
September 30, 1997.

     (u) Absence of Certain  Changes or Events.  Except as  disclosed in Exhibit
5.01(u) hereto, since June 30,

                                       9


<PAGE>

1997 (but in the case of subclauses (A) and (B) of Section  5.01(u)(iii),  since
January 1, 1997), there has not been any:


       (i) change in the financial condition,  assets, liabilities,  earnings or
   business of Seller, except for changes which have been in the ordinary course
   of  business  and which  have not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  been
   materially adverse to any Seller;

       (ii) change in the number of shares of capital stock of Seller issued and
   outstanding or any declaration,  setting aside, or payment of any dividend or
   other distribution  (whether in cash,  securities,  property or otherwise) in
   respect of Seller's capital stock;

       (iii)(A)  increase in the  compensation  payable or to become  payable by
   Seller  to any of the  Employees,  (B)  any  bonus,  incentive  compensation,
   service award or other like benefit,  granted, made or accrued,  contingently
   or otherwise,  to or to the credit of Employees, or (C) any employee welfare,
   pension,  retirement,   profit-sharing  or  similar  payment  or  arrangement
   (whether  or not  subject  to ERISA)  adopted  or agreed to by Seller  except
   pursuant to the existing plans and arrangements  described in Exhibit 5.01(l)
   hereto;

       (iv) significant labor trouble, or any material controversies or material
   unsettled  grievances  threatened  between  Seller  and  any  Employees  or a
   collective  bargaining  organization  representing  or seeking  to  represent
   Employees;

       (v) addition to or  modification  or  amendment  of the Employee  Benefit
   Plans  other than (A)  contributions  made for the fiscal year ended June 30,
   1997 in accordance  with the normal  practices of Seller or (B) the extension
   of coverage to other  Company  Personnel who became  eligible  after June 30,
   1997;

       (vi) mortgage, pledge or subjection to any Encumbrance of any of Seller's
   assets,  except the lien of Taxes not yet due and  payable  and  Encumbrances
   under the Borrowing Arrangements as in effect on the date hereof;

       (vii)  sale,  assignment  or  transfer  of any assets of Seller  that are
   material,  singly or in the  aggregate,  to Seller other than in the ordinary
   course and except for the sale of the Excluded Real Property;

       (viii) waiver of any rights of substantial value to Seller whether or not
   in the ordinary course of business;

       (ix) cancellation or termination by Seller of any contract,  agreement or
   other instrument material to the Business to which Seller is or was a party;

       (x)  liability  incurred  by Seller  except  liabilities  incurred in the
    ordinary  course of business  (or as may result  with  respect to the Seller
    Pension Plan);

       (xi) capital  expenditure  or the  execution of any lease  providing  for
     annual payments with respect to any aspect of the business of Seller or any
     incurring of liability therefor in the aggregate in excess of $30,000;


       (xii) borrowing of money by Seller or guaranteeing of any indebtedness of
      others except  pursuant to the Borrowing  Arrangements as in effect on the
      date hereof,  in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with past
      practices of Seller;

       (xiii) lending of any money by or otherwise pledging the credit of Seller
       (except pursuant to the Borrowing Arrangements);

       (xiv)  failure to conduct the business of Seller in the  ordinary  course
      except for the sale of the Excluded Real Property;

       (xv) change in the method of accounting or accounting practice of Seller;

       (xvi) loss of services of any Company  Personnel that is or are material,
      individually  or in the  aggregate,  to the  conduct  of the  business  of
      Seller;

       (xvii) material cancellation by any supplier, customer or contractor;

                                       10


<PAGE>

       (xviii)  extraordinary  item of loss (as defined in Opinion No. 30 of the
        Accounting  Principles  Board of the  American  Institute  of  Certified
        Public  Accountants)  except to the extent that the matters with respect
        to the Seller Pension Plan result in and constitute such a loss; or

       (xix)  agreement  by  Seller  or  Primary  Shareholders  to do any of the
      foregoing.

     (v) Disclosure.  The representations of Seller and Primary  Shareholders in
this Agreement or in any exhibit, or other documents delivered or made available
for  inspection  pursuant  hereto  (taken  together)  do not  include any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order
to  make  the  statements  included  therein  or  herein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances  in which  they are made,  not  misleading.  With  respect to each
written  agreement or other contract of Seller delivered to Buyer or its counsel
which did not include copies of completely executed signature pages by all named
parties  thereto,  Seller  represents  and  warrants to Buyer,  that (i) a fully
executed  copy of such  agreement or contract,  in the form provided to Buyer by
Seller, exists somewhere in the possession of the named party or parties thereto
other than Seller, (ii) the terms and provisions contained in such copies govern
the arrangements  and agreements  between the named parties thereto with respect
to the subject matter  addressed  therein and (iii) if any such  agreements have
expired by their terms and have not been  renewed or  extended  in writing,  the
parties continue to perform  thereunder as if such agreements  continue to be in
full force and effect.

     (w) Small/Minority  Business.  None of Seller's  agreements or arrangements
with  customers or suppliers is predicated,  conditioned or contingent  upon the
Company's  status as a "small  business  concern"  or  "minority-owned  business
concern" or other similar status,  as such terms or similar terms are used under
applicable law.

     Section 5.02 Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer hereby
represents and warrants to Seller and Primary Shareholders as follows:

     (a)  Organization  and Good Standing of Buyer.  Buyer is duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  and has all requisite
corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Buyer has
the  financial  means to satisfy  all of its  obligations  under this  Agreement
(including the payment of the Purchase Price).

     (b) Corporate  Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by
Buyer of this Agreement,  the Employment Agreements and the Assignment Agreement
have been duly and validly  authorized  and approved by all necessary  action on
behalf of Buyer,  and Buyer has the power and authority to execute,  deliver and
perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions  hereby  contemplated,
and no other corporate or shareholder  approval or  authorization is required of
Buyer by law or otherwise in order to make this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement,
the Employment  Agreements  and the  Assignment  Agreement the valid and binding
obligations of Buyer  (subject to the execution and delivery of such  agreements
(other  than  this  Agreement)  and to  the  receipt  of  required  consents  to
assignments of the Assigned Agreements)  enforceable against Buyer in accordance
with its terms,  except as  enforcement  thereof  may be limited by  bankruptcy,
insolvency, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
in general or by general  principles  of equity.  This  Agreement  has been duly
executed and delivered by Buyer.

     (c) No Conflict.  The execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer of this
Agreement,  the Escrow Agreement,  the Employment  Agreements and the Assignment
Agreement,  compliance by Buyer with the  provisions  of this  Agreement and the
consummation  by  Buyer of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (i) will not
violate in any material  respect any provision of applicable  law to which Buyer
is subject,  (ii) will not conflict  with any  provision of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or By-laws of Buyer or conflict  with or constitute a default (or
with notice or lapse of time or both,  constitute a default) under, or result in
the termination of, or accelerate the performance  required by any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any contract,  agreement or other instrument binding
on Buyer,  which conflict,  default,  termination or  acceleration  would have a
material  adverse  impact  upon  Buyer,  (iii)  except for  compliance  with the
requirements  of the HSR Act,  does not require  the consent or approval  of, or
registration,  declaration or filing with, any court,  administrative  agency or
commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, and (iv) does not
violate any order, writ,  injunction,  decree,  arbitral award, statute, rule or
regulation applicable to Buyer, violation of which would have a material adverse
impact upon Primary Shareholders or Seller.

     (d) No Brokers. Buyer has not made contact or had any dealings with or
entered into, and will not enter

                                       11


<PAGE>

into,  any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  with any broker,  leasing
agent, finder or similar person or entity with respect to this Agreement and the
transactions  contemplated hereby which will result in the obligation of Primary
Shareholders or Seller to pay any finder's fee, brokerage  commission or similar
payment in connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby. Buyer will be
solely responsible for any fees to be paid to Sage Equities,  Inc. in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                   ARTICLE VI

            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER AND SELLERS

     Section 6.01  Conditions  Precedent to Obligations of Buyer. In addition to
the  provisions of Section  6.03,  the  obligation  of Buyer to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment,
or the  waiver by  Buyer,  on or prior to the  Closing  Date,  of the  following
conditions:

     (a)   Representations   and  Warranties  True  at  the  Closing  Date.  The
representations and warranties of Seller and Primary  Shareholders  contained in
this Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing
Date (modified to the extent  necessary to reflect  changes in facts between the
date hereof and the Closing Date that are permitted or contemplated by the other
provisions  of  this  Agreement)  and  shall  then be true  and  correct  (as so
modified).

     (b) Compliance with  Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants,  agreements and
conditions  of this  Agreement to be complied  with and  performed by Seller and
Primary  Shareholders  on or prior to the  Closing  Date  shall  have  been duly
complied with and performed in all material respects.

     (c) Delivery of Closing  Documents.  Seller and Primary  Shareholders shall
have  delivered  to  Buyer on or prior  to the  Closing  Date all the  documents
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01.

     (d) Opinion of Seller's  Counsel.  Buyer shall have  received an opinion of
Tolins & Lowenfels,  A Professional  Corporation,  counsel to Seller and Primary
Shareholders,  dated  the  Closing  Date and  addressed  to  Buyer,  in form and
substance satisfactory to Buyer, to the effect that:

       (i) Seller is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in good
    standing  under the laws of the  State of  Delaware,  and has the  corporate
    power to carry on its business as it is then being conducted;

       (ii) Seller has full  corporate  power and  authority  to enter into this
     Agreement,   the  Escrow  Agreement,  the  Assignment  Agreement  (and,  if
     applicable,  the  Transitional  Services  Agreement) and the bills of sale,
     assignments and other instruments of transfer referred to in this Agreement
     to which it is a party and the execution and delivery of said documents and
     the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly
     authorized by all requisite  corporate action of Seller (including approval
     by Seller's board of directors and stockholders);

       (iii) This Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Assignment Agreement, the
      bills of sale,  assignments and other instruments of transfer delivered by
      Primary  Shareholders  and  Seller  pursuant  to  Section  7.01  (and,  if
      applicable,  the  Transitional  Services  Agreement)  to which any Primary
      Shareholder  or Seller  is or are a party  have  been  duly  executed  and
      delivered by Primary  Shareholders  or Seller,  as  appropriate,  and each
      constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Primary  Shareholders
      and  Seller,  as the  case  may be,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its
      respective terms;

       (iv) The execution,  delivery and performance by Primary Shareholders and
     Seller of the agreements  and  instruments  referred to in paragraph  (iii)
     above to which Seller or any Primary  Shareholder is a party, (A) will not,
     to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  conflict  with or  violate  any
     provision of any  applicable  law, rule or  regulation or any order,  writ,
     injunction  or decree,  (B) will not  conflict  with any  provision  of the
     Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws of Seller and, to the best of such
     counsel's knowledge,  will not conflict with or result in the breach of any
     term or  provision  of, or  constitute  a default  under,  or result in the
     creation  of any lien,  charge  or  encumbrance  upon any of the  Purchased
     Assets  pursuant to, any  indenture,  mortgage,  lease,  agreement or other
     instrument  to which  Seller or any  Primary  Shareholder  is a party or by
     which it or he is bound  and (C) to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,
     after  due  inquiry,  do  not  require  the  consent  or  approval  of,  or
     registration,  declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency
     or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (except as
     have been so obtained, declared or filed); and


                                       12



<PAGE>

       (v) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,  there is no action, suit or
    proceeding pending or threatened in any Federal,  state,  municipal or other
    court, agency or other governmental body seeking to restrain or prohibit the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except as described in
    such opinion;


and as to such other matters as Buyer may reasonably  request.  Such opinion may
be limited by its terms to the laws of the United  States of America,  the State
of New York and the General  Corporation law of the State of Delaware and may be
given subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium
and other  similar  laws  affecting  the  enforceability  of  creditors'  rights
generally and be limited to the extent that  enforcement  may be affected by the
availability of equitable remedies or the applicability of principles of equity.
In rendering the opinions  referred to in paragraph (i) above,  said counsel may
rely upon  certificates of appropriate  State  authorities.  With respect to any
matters in its opinion which involve matters of fact, such counsel may rely upon
representations  contained  in  certificates  of officers  and  directors of the
Seller and of the Primary  Shareholders  without having to independently  verify
the accuracy of such representations.  Furthermore,  with respect to any matters
in its  opinion  relating  to laws other  than the laws of the United  States of
America,  the State of New York or the General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware, such counsel may rely upon the opinions of outside counsel, reasonably
acceptable to Buyer,  provided a copy of such reliance opinion shall be attached
as an exhibit to the opinion of such counsel and an original of same  (addressed
to the Buyer) shall be delivered to Buyer.


     (e)  Approvals  and  Consents;  Estoppels.  Seller shall have  obtained all
requisite  approvals and consents  from  governmental  or  regulatory  bodies or
agencies,  whether Federal,  state or local. Consents required for assignment of
the  Assigned  Agreements  shall have been  obtained  by Seller.  The consent to
assignment  with  respect  to the Lease  shall  also  state (i) that,  except as
amended by the Lease  Amendment,  the Lease has not been  amended,  modified  or
supplemented  and is in full force and effect on the Closing Date, (ii) the date
to which payments under the Lease have been made, (iii) that there is no default
or event which,  with notice or the passing of time,  would constitute a default
under the Lease and (iv) that there are no setoffs,  defenses  or  counterclaims
against  enforcement of the obligations to be performed under the Lease in favor
of  the  party  executing  such  consent.  The  Lease  Amendment  (which  may be
incorporated into the above-described consent to assignment for the Lease) shall
have been  executed  and  delivered by the lessor under the Lease (and any other
required  parties).  Seller shall have provided to Buyer  estoppel  certificates
executed by the applicable lenders or creditors under the Borrowing Arrangements
which  shall  include  statements  of the  type  set  forth  in the  immediately
preceding  sentence  together  with a  statement  of the  outstanding  principal
balance  under  each such  Borrowing  Arrangement.  The third  sentence  of this
Section 6.01(e) shall not apply if, at Buyer's option,  a Transitional  Services
Agreement  is to be  entered  into (in lieu of an  assignment  of the  Lease) as
provided in Section 6.01(o).

     (f)  Litigation.  As of the Closing Date,  there shall not be in effect any
judgment,  order,  injunction or decree of any court of competent  jurisdiction,
the  effect  of  which  is to  prohibit  or  restrain  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (g) No Material  Adverse  Change.  Since June 30, 1997 there shall not have
been any material adverse change in the business,  assets or financial condition
of Seller.

     (h) No Change in Law. There shall not have been any action,  or any statute
enacted,  by any  government  or agency  thereof  which would render the parties
unable  to  consummate  the  transactions   contemplated   herein  or  make  the
transactions  contemplated herein illegal, prohibit or restrict the consummation
of the transactions contemplated herein. In the case of failure of the condition
set  forth  in  this  6.01(h),   Buyer  shall  deliver  to  Seller  and  Primary
Shareholders an opinion of counsel to such effect.

     (i)  Telephone  and Fax  Numbers.  Seller  shall have  delivered to Buyer a
letter from Seller addressed to Seller's  telephone  companies  instructing such
companies to transfer Seller's telephone and fax numbers to Buyer.

     (j) Employment  Agreements and Escrow Agreement.  On the Closing Date, each
of Steven A. Wilk and Jay A. Smolyn shall have  executed and  delivered to Buyer
his applicable  Employment  Agreement and the Escrow Agent and Seller shall have
duly executed and delivered the Escrow Agreements.

     (k)  Adjusted  Net Worth.  The Adjusted Net Worth of the Seller shall be no
less  than  $10,500,000  (Ten  Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand   Dollars).   In
determining  whether such condition has been  satisfied,  Buyer shall review (i)
the financial statements of Seller for the calendar month immediately  preceding
the month in which


                                       13



<PAGE>

the Closing is scheduled to occur (adjusted in accordance with the definition of
"Adjusted Net Worth"),  (ii) the results of the Closing Inventory and (iii) such
other relevant  information  regarding the results of operations of the Business
of Seller since the date of such  financial  statements as Buyer shall  request;
and the results of such review shall be satisfactory  to Buyer. In addition,  if
such Adjusted Net Worth is determined to be less than  $10,500,000  (Ten Million
Five  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars)  but not less  $9,500,000  (Nine  Million Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars),  Buyer  may,  in its  sole  discretion,  waive  the
condition to closing  contained in this  Section  6.01(k) for a reduced  Closing
Payment  portion of the  Purchase  Price,  the amount of which  reduction to the
Closing Payment shall equal the difference between $10,500,000 (Ten Million Five
Hundred Thousand  Dollars) and such Adjusted Net Worth,  and, if Buyer elects to
proceed  with the Closing on such basis and all other  conditions  contained  in
Section  6.02 are  satisfied,  the  Seller  and  Primary  Shareholders  shall be
obligated to proceed with the Closing on such basis.

     (l) HSR Act. Any applicable waiting period under HSR Act shall have expired
or been terminated.

     (m) Approval and Adoption.  This Agreement and all other matters  necessary
to effectuate the transactions  provided for herein shall have been approved and
adopted at the duly called Special Meeting by the affirmative vote of at least a
majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Seller;

     (n) Closing  Inventory.  The physical  Inventory  audit  conducted by Buyer
immediately  prior  to the  Closing  Date  (the  "Closing  Inventory")  shall be
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

     (o) Lease Assignment or Transitional  Services Agreement.  At the option of
Buyer, either (i) the Lease, as amended by the Lease Amendment,  shall have been
effectively  assigned to Buyer in writing or (ii) Seller shall have executed and
delivered a Transitional Services Agreement.

     (p) Transfer of Automobiles.  Prior to the Closing Date, any automobiles on
the books of the Seller which are used for the  personal  use of any  individual
shall have been purchased by the respective  individual to whom such automobiles
are assigned for a price equal to the then book value thereof.

     (q) Release Relating to Employment  Agreements.  On the Closing Date, Buyer
shall have received releases  addressed to Buyer executed by each person that is
a party to an employment agreement with Seller on the date hereof or immediately
prior to the Closing Date to the effect that (i) such employment agreement is of
no further force and effect from and after the Closing Date and (ii) Buyer shall
have  no  responsibility  for any  obligations  of  Seller  arising  under  such
employment agreement.

     (r)  Consents  and   Approvals.   All  consents,   approvals,   orders  and
authorizations of any applicable  governmental agencies necessary for the proper
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained on
terms which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

     (s) Releases  under  Borrowing  Arrangements.  All liens or other  security
interests on the assets of Seller relating to the Borrowing  Arrangements  shall
have been terminated and each lender under the Borrowing Arrangements shall have
executed  and  delivered   such  releases  and  other   instruments   (including
appropriate termination statements) necessary to evidence same.

     (t) Filings  relating to Seller  Pension  Plan.  On or prior to the Closing
Date,  Seller shall (i) file an application  with the IRS pursuant to Rev. Proc.
94-16 with respect to the Seller Pension Plan,  (ii) file an  application  for a
determination  letter from the IRS concerning the qualified status of the Seller
Pension  Plan upon  plan  termination,  and (iii)  provide  notice  pursuant  to
Sections  4041(a)(2),  (b)(2)(A) and  (b)(2)(B) of ERISA in connection  with the
termination of the Seller Pension Plan.

     Section 6.02 Conditions To Obligations Of Seller and Primary  Shareholders.
In addition to the  provisions of Section 6.03,  the  obligations  of Seller and
Primary  Shareholders  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  fulfillment,  or the  waiver by Seller and
Primary  Shareholders,  on or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  of  the  following
conditions:

     (a)   Representations   and  Warranties  True  at  the  Closing  Date.  The
representations  and warranties of Buyer  contained in this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to have been made again at and as of the  Closing  Date and shall then be
true and correct.

     (b) Compliance with  Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants,  agreements and
conditions of this Agreement to

                                       14



<PAGE>

be complied  with and  performed  by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date shall
have been duly complied with and performed in all material respects.

     (c) Delivery of Closing  Documents.  Buyer shall have  delivered to Primary
Shareholder  and  Seller  on or prior  to the  Closing  Date  all the  documents
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.02.

     (d) Opinion of Buyer's Counsel.  Seller and Primary Shareholders shall have
received an opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP, counsel for Buyer dated the Closing
Date and addressed to Seller and Primary Shareholders, to the effect that:

       (i) Buyer is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing and in good
    standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

       (ii)  Buyer has full  corporate  power and  authority  to enter into this
     Agreement,  the Escrow  Agreement  and the  Assignment  Agreement  (and, if
     applicable,  the  Transitional  Services  Agreement)  and to consummate the
     transactions  contemplated  hereby, and all corporate and other proceedings
     required  to be taken by or on the part of Buyer to  authorize  it to enter
     into this  Agreement and the  Assignment  Agreement  and to consummate  the
     transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and properly taken;

       (iii) Each of this  Agreement,  the Escrow  Agreement and the  Assignment
      Agreement (and, if applicable,  the Transitional  Services  Agreement) has
      been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  Buyer  and each  such  agreement
      constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable in
      accordance with its terms; and

       (iv) The execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer of the instruments
     and agreements referred to in paragraphs (iii) above, (A) will not conflict
     with or violate any provision of any applicable  law, rule or regulation or
     any order, writ,  injunction or decree known to such counsel,  (B) will not
     conflict with any provision of the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws
     of Buyer and, to the actual  knowledge of such  counsel,  will not conflict
     with or result in a breach of any term or  provision  of, or  constitute  a
     default  under,  any  indenture,   mortgage,   lease,  agreement  or  other
     instrument  to which  Buyer is a party or by which it is bound,  and (C) to
     the best of such counsel's knowledge, after due inquiry, do not require the
     consent or approval of, or  registration,  declaration  or filing with, any
     court,  administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority
     or instrumentality (except as have been obtained, declared or filed).


Such opinion may be limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware and may be given subject to applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  and  other  similar  laws
affecting the  enforceability  of creditors'  rights generally and be limited to
the extent that  enforcement  may be affected by the  availability  of equitable
remedies or the applicability of principles of equity.


     (e) Consideration.  The Closing Payment portion of the Purchase Price shall
have been paid to Seller and the Escrow Portion of the Purchase Price shall have
been paid to the Escrow Agent, each in accordance with Article III hereof.


     (f) No Change in Law. There shall not have been any action,  or any statute
enacted,  by any  government  or agency  thereof  which would render the parties
unable  to  consummate  the  transactions   contemplated   herein  or  make  the
transactions  contemplated herein illegal, prohibit or restrict the consummation
of the transactions contemplated herein. In the case of failure of the condition
set forth in this Section 6.02(f), Seller and Primary Shareholders shall deliver
to Buyer an opinion of counsel to such effect.

     (g)  Litigation.  As of the Closing Date,  there shall not be in effect any
judgment,  order,  injunction or decree of any court of competent  jurisdiction,
the effect of which is to prohibit or restrain the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.

     (h) HSR Act.  Any  applicable  waiting  period under the HSR Act shall have
expired or been terminated.

     (i) Employment Agreements and Escrow Agreement. On the Closing, Date, Buyer
and Escrow Agent shall have  executed and  delivered  the Escrow  Agreement  and
Employer shall have executed and delivered each of the Employment Agreements.


                                       15


<PAGE>

     (j)  Consents  and   Approvals.   All  consents,   approvals,   orders  and
authorizations of any applicable  governmental agencies necessary for the proper
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained on
terms  which  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect on Seller  and/or  the
Primary Shareholders.

     Section  6.03  Conditions  to  Obligations  of Buyer,  Seller  and  Primary
Shareholders.  The obligations of each of Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and
Primary  Shareholders,  on  the  other  hand,  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  shall be subject to the condition that no later
than 24 hours prior to the  commencement of the Special  Meeting  referred to in
Section  5.01(r),  the Seller's  customer and its affiliates which accounted for
the  greatest  amount of  Seller's  revenues  during  the  twelve  months  ended
September 30, 1997 (the "Major  Customer")  shall not have entered into business
arrangements  with a person or entity  other  than the  Seller or GECITS (or its
subsidiaries)  with respect to substantially all of the business that such Major
Customer previously conducted with the Seller.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                   DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED ON CLOSING DATE

     Section 7.01 Documents to be Delivered by Primary  Shareholders  and Seller
on Closing  Date.  On the Closing Date,  Primary  Shareholders  and Seller shall
deliver to Buyer, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel:

     (a)  Conditions  Precedent.  The  documents,   agreements  and  instruments
referred to in Section 6.01 as conditions precedent to the obligations of Buyer.

     (b) Officer's Certificates. Certificates signed by each Primary Shareholder
and the  President of Seller with respect to the matters  referred to in Section
6.01(a) and (b).

     (c) Bills of Sale.  Bills of sale duly executed by the Seller conveying the
Purchased Assets at the Closing Date.

     (d) Assignment Agreement,  Employment Agreements and Escrow Agreement.  The
Assignment  Agreement duly executed by Seller,  the Employment  Agreements  duly
executed  by Steven A. Wilk and Jay A.  Smolyn  and the  Escrow  Agreement  duly
executed by Seller.

     (e) Resolutions of the Seller and  Shareholders.  True and complete copies,
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Seller,  of (i) the
resolutions  duly and validly  adopted by the Board of  Directors  of the Seller
evidencing its authorization of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the other agreements to be executed by the Seller as contemplated hereby and the
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  (ii)  resolution
approved by the shareholders of Seller at the Special Meeting.

     (f) Incumbency Certificate of the Seller. A certificate of the Secretary or
an Assistant  Secretary of the Seller certifying the names and signatures of the
officers of the Seller authorized to sign this Agreement and the other documents
to be delivered hereunder.

     (g)   Organizational   Documents.   A  copy  of  (i)  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation,  as amended (or similar organizational documents), of the Company
certified by the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  as of a date not
earlier than three (3) business  days prior to the Closing Date and  accompanied
by a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Seller, dated as
of the  Closing  Date,  stating  that  no  amendments  have  been  made  to such
Certificate  of  Incorporation  since  such  date and (ii)  the  By-laws  of the
Company, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each such entity.


     (h) Good  Standing;  Qualification  to Do  Business.  The Buyer  shall have
received a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware, (i) the jurisdiction in which the Seller is incorporated or organized,
and (ii) each other  jurisdiction in which the Seller does business requiring it
to qualify  in such  jurisdiction,  in each case dated as of a date not  earlier
than  three (3)  business  days prior to the  Closing  Date and  accompanied  by
bring-down  telegrams  or  facsimiles  (to the extent  available in the relevant
jurisdictions) dated the Closing Date.

     (i) Further Instruments. Such further instruments of assignment, conveyance
or transfer  or other  instruments  covering  the  Purchased  Assets or any part
thereof,   and  such  further  instruments  with  respect  to  the  transactions
contemplated hereby, as Buyer may reasonably request.


                                       16


<PAGE>

     Section 7.02  Documents to be  Delivered by Buyer on Closing  Date.  On the
Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  deliver (or cause to be  delivered)  to Seller and
Primary Shareholders in form and substance  satisfactory to Primary Shareholders
and Seller and their counsel:

     (a)  Conditions  Precedent.   The  payments,   documents,   agreements  and
instruments  referred  to  in  Section  6.02  as  conditions  precedent  to  the
obligations of Primary Shareholders and Seller.

     (b) Officer's Certificate.  A certificate signed by the President or a Vice
President  of Buyer with respect to the matters  referred to in Section  6.02(a)
and (b).

     (c) Assignment Agreement,  Employment Agreements and Escrow Agreement.  The
Assignment  Agreement and the Escrow Agreement,  each duly executed by Buyer and
the Employment Agreements, each duly executed by Employer.

     (d) Further  Instruments.  Such  further  instruments  with  respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby, including instruments of assumption, as Seller
may reasonably request.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
  FURTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLER, PRIMARY SHAREHOLDERS AND BUYER

     Section 8.01 Further Covenants and Agreements of Primary Shareholders and
Seller. Primary Shareholders and Seller agree that:

     (a) Conduct of Business Pending Closing. From the date of this Agreement to
the Closing Date, Primary Shareholders and Seller:

     (i) will maintain the Other Property and not remove any Other Property from
the Site except in the ordinary course of business;

     (ii) will perform their obligations under the Assigned Agreements;

     (iii) except as otherwise  provided in clause (iv) of this Section 8.01(a),
will conduct the Business of Seller only in the ordinary  course and  consistent
with past practice (including, without limitation, standard increases in regular
compensation to Employees  consistent  with past practices  regarding the timing
and  amount of such  increases);  provided  that  Seller  may sell the  Excluded
Property and  provided  that Seller shall not be permitted to enter into any new
agreement or contract, or extend or modify any existing agreement or contract of
Seller,  without the prior  written  consent of Buyer,  if such new agreement or
contract  or the  effect  of  such  extension  or  modification  of an  existing
agreement or contract  requires payments to be made of greater than $1,000 on an
individual basis or greater than $5,000 in the aggregate;

     (iv)  will not (A) fail to comply in any  material  respect  with any laws,
ordinances,  regulations or other  governmental  restrictions  applicable in any
respect to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets,  (B) grant any powers of
attorney to act for the Business  after the Closing Date, (C) mortgage or pledge
or  otherwise  encumber  any  of the  Purchased  Assets  (except  for  liens  on
Receivables and Inventory pursuant to the Borrowing Arrangements), (D) cancel or
terminate any contract,  agreement or other instrument material to the Business,
(other than  contracts,  agreements  and other  instruments  which are not to be
assigned to Buyer,  unless  Seller is otherwise  obligated  to maintain  them in
effect or are necessary for the conduct of the Business), (E) engage in or enter
into any  material  transaction  with  respect to the Business of any nature not
expressly  provided  for  herein,  (F)  pay  any  dividend  or  make  any  other
distribution or payment to the Primary  Shareholders or Seller,  except salaries
regularly payable to Primary  Shareholders in the ordinary course of business as
set forth on Exhibit 8.01(a)(iv), (G) amend, modify or supplement any Employment
Contract listed on Exhibit  5.01(q) (except for payments to certain  officers of
the Seller in consideration  for the termination of their respective  employment
agreements  identified  on such Exhibit) or (H) issue any  additional  shares of
capital stock of the Seller or any options,  rights or warrants exchangeable for
or convertible into any shares of capital stock of the Seller; and

     (v)(A) take such action as may  reasonably  be  necessary  to preserve  the
Purchased  Assets,  (B) maintain  inventory  of the kinds and in the  quantities
maintained in the ordinary  course of the  Business,  (C) maintain its books and
records in a manner  consistent with past practices and promptly advise Buyer in
writing of any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise)
of the Purchased Assets or the Business of Seller


                                       17


<PAGE>

and (D) use its reasonable  commercial  efforts to preserve the  organization of
the Business intact and continue its operations at its present  levels,  to keep
available  to Buyer the  services  of  Company  Personnel  and to  preserve  the
goodwill of Seller's suppliers,  customers, creditors and others having business
relations with Seller in connection with the Business.

     (b) Non-Competition;  Non-Solicitation. (i) From and after the Closing Date
to and including the third  anniversary of the Closing Date,  none of Seller nor
any   subsidiary  of  Seller,   will  engage  in  any  capacity  in  a  business
substantially similar to the Business in any state in the United States in which
Seller was doing business on or prior to the Closing Date.  With respect to each
Primary Shareholder, from and after the Closing Date until the earliest to occur
of:  (x)  the  second  anniversary  of  (A)  the  termination  of  such  Primary
Shareholder's Employment Agreement by the Employer for Cause (as such term shall
be defined in the Employment  Agreement) or (B) the  termination of such Primary
Shareholder's  Employment Agreement without Cause (as such term shall be defined
in the  Employment  Agreement)  by such  Primary  Shareholder  or (y) the  first
anniversary  of  the  termination  of  such  Primary  Shareholder's   Employment
Agreement by the Employer  without  Cause,  such  Primary  Shareholder  will not
engage in any capacity in any business  substantially similar to the Business in
the States of New  Jersey,  New York or  Connecticut  except as an  employee  of
Employer or its affiliates.  Seller and Primary Shareholders  understand that in
connection  with  the  negotiations  leading  up to the  entering  into  of this
Agreement,  each has received,  and that pursuant to this  Agreement,  each will
receive,  confidential and proprietary  information of Buyer and its affiliates,
including, without limitation, customer lists and other trade secrets.

     (ii) From and after the Closing Date to and  including the date three years
following the Closing Date,  neither  Seller nor any  subsidiary of Seller will,
unless acting with the express written consent of Buyer, directly or indirectly,
solicit or  interfere  with,  or  endeavor to entice away (x) any person who was
employed  by Primary  Shareholders,  any  Seller,  Buyer or any other  direct or
indirect  subsidiary of GECITS, (y) any person who otherwise  performed services
on a regular  basis for  Primary  Shareholders,  Seller,  Buyer or any direct or
indirect subsidiary of GECITS or (z) with respect to any business in which Buyer
or any other  direct or  indirect  subsidiary  of GECITS is or has been  engaged
after the date of this  Agreement  in any way directly or  indirectly  involving
computer products or services, any person or entity who was a customer or client
of  Buyer  or any  other  direct  or  indirect  subsidiary  of  GECITS,  Primary
Shareholders  or Seller or any  person or entity  who  requested  or  received a
proposal  from  Primary  Shareholders,  Seller or Buyer or any  other  direct or
indirect  subsidiary  of GECITS,  in the case of (x), (y) or (z),  during the 12
months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.

     (iii) With respect to each Primary Shareholder,  from and after the Closing
Date to and  including the earliest to occur of: (1) the second  anniversary  of
(A) the termination of such Primary  Shareholder's  Employment  Agreement by the
Employer for Cause (as such term shall be defined in the  Employment  Agreement)
or (B)  the  termination  of such  Primary  Shareholder's  Employment  Agreement
without  Cause (as such term shall be defined in the  Employment  Agreement)  by
such Primary Shareholder or (2) the first anniversary of the termination of such
Primary  Shareholder's  Employment Agreement by the Employer without Cause, such
Primary Shareholder shall not, unless acting with the express written consent of
Buyer, directly or indirectly,  solicit or interfere with, or endeavor to entice
away (x) any person who was employed by Primary Shareholders,  any Seller, Buyer
or any other  direct or  indirect  subsidiary  of  GECITS,  (y) any  person  who
otherwise  performed  services  on a  regular  basis for  Primary  Shareholders,
Seller, Buyer or any direct or indirect subsidiary of GECITS or (z) with respect
to any  business in which Buyer or any other  direct or indirect  subsidiary  of
GECITS  is or has  been  engaged  after  the date of this  Agreement  in any way
directly or indirectly  involving  computer products or services,  any person or
entity who was a  customer  or client of Buyer or any other  direct or  indirect
subsidiary of GECITS, Primary Shareholders or Seller or any person or entity who
requested or received a proposal from Primary  Shareholders,  Seller or Buyer or
any other direct or indirect  subsidiary  of GECITS,  in the case of (x), (y) or
(z), during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.

     (c) Access to Seller's  Business.  Seller and Primary  Shareholders  shall,
from the date hereof up to and  including  the Closing  Date,  permit  Buyer and
Buyer's attorneys,  accountants,  agents and representatives  full access to the
books,  records,  business and assets of Seller and Primary  Shareholders at any
reasonable time and in any reasonable manner on reasonable advance notice and in
a manner that does not interrupt Seller's business.  Buyer shall have the right,
at any reasonable time and on reasonable  advance notice to Seller (which notice
need  not  be  written),  to  meet  with  customers  and  suppliers  of  Primary
Shareholders and Seller and Seller and Primary Shareholders will give Buyer full
cooperation with respect thereto and representatives of Seller shall, at


                                       18

<PAGE>

Seller's  option,  have the right to attend any such meeting  with Buyer.  Buyer
will cooperate and consult with Seller and Primary Shareholders in arranging any
meetings with such customers and suppliers.

     (d) Corporate Name. From and after the Closing,  Buyer shall possess to the
extent  permitted by law, to the  exclusion of Seller and Primary  Shareholders,
all rights to the name "TransNet Corporation" and any variants or derivatives of
the  foregoing  name,  and Seller and  Primary  Shareholders  shall not have any
rights  whatsoever  to the  use of  such  name or any  formatives,  variants  or
derivatives  of such name in the  conduct of any  business  that is  directly or
indirectly  competitive with the business of Seller or any business  engaging in
any related activity where the use of such names is reasonably  likely to result
in confusion.  On the Closing Date, Seller and Primary  Shareholders shall cause
the name of Seller to be changed so as not to conflict  with the  provisions  of
this  Section and will  provide  evidence of such change to Buyer at or promptly
following the Closing.

     (e) Proxy  Statement.  Promptly  after the date  hereof,  the Seller  shall
prepare the Proxy Statement. Seller shall send Buyer and its attorneys drafts of
the Proxy Statement,  and afford them reasonable opportunity to comment thereon.
Seller shall file the Proxy  Statement with the  Commission.  In connection with
the foregoing,  (a) the Seller will comply with the requirements of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder applicable to the
solicitation  of proxies for the Special  Meeting  (including any requirement to
amend or supplement the Proxy  Statement)  and all rules and  regulations of any
exchanges  on which the stock of the Seller is listed and (b) each of Seller and
Buyer shall  furnish  such  information  for  inclusion  in the Proxy  Statement
relating to it and its  affiliates  and the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement and such further and  supplemental  information as may be necessary to
ensure  that the  statements  regarding  each of  Seller  and  Buyer  and  their
respective  affiliates,  as applicable,  and such transactions  contained in the
Proxy Statement (as it may be amended or supplemented) will not on the date such
Proxy  Statement  is  mailed  or on the date of the  Special  Meeting  or on the
Closing Date,  contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  therein,  in the
light of the  circumstances  in which they were made, not misleading.  The Proxy
Statement shall include the recommendation of the Seller's Board of Directors in
favor of the sale and  purchase  of the  Purchased  Assets and the  transactions
provided for herein.

     (f) Meeting of the Stockholders. The Seller shall take all action necessary
in accordance  with  applicable  law and its  Certificate of  Incorporation  and
By-Laws to convene the Special  Meeting as promptly as  practicable  to consider
and vote upon the approval and  adoption of this  Agreement  and to consider and
vote upon such other matters as may be necessary to effectuate the  transactions
provided  for  herein.  The Board of  Directors  of the Seller has  resolved  to
recommend, and the Board of Directors of the Seller shall continue to recommend,
and shall take all lawful action to solicit  proxies for and  otherwise  obtain,
such approval and adoption; provided that Seller shall not be obligated to incur
fees in  excess of  $50,000  (Fifty  Thousand  Dollars)  for proxy  solicitation
services in connection  with  solicitation  of approvals by the  shareholders of
Seller of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (g) Changes in  Representations  and  Warranties.  Between the date of this
Agreement and the Closing Date, neither Seller nor any Primary Shareholder shall
permit Seller to, enter into any transaction,  take any action,  or by inaction,
permit an event to occur, which would result in any of the  representations  and
warranties of Seller or Primary Shareholders herein contained not being true and
correct at and as of (i) the time  immediately  following the occurrence of such
transaction  or  event  or (ii)  the  Closing  Date.  Seller  and  each  Primary
Shareholder  shall  promptly give written notice to Buyer upon becoming aware of
(A) any fact which, if known on the date hereof,  would have been required to be
set forth or  disclosed  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and (B) any  impending or
threatened  breach in any  material  respect of any of the  representations  and
warranties  contained in this Agreement and with respect to the latter shall use
all reasonable efforts to remedy same.

     (h) [Intentionally omitted.]

     (i) Further  Assurances.  Seller and Primary  Shareholders  will  cooperate
fully  with  Buyer in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  (i) prior to the
Closing Date,  Seller and Primary  Shareholders  shall  cooperate  with Buyer in
connection  with  the  review  to be done by Buyer as  contemplated  in  Section
6.01(k) and (ii) from and after the Closing Date,  from time to time, at Buyer's
request and without further consideration,  Seller and Primary Shareholders will
execute and deliver such other  instruments,  including powers of attorney,  and
take such other action as Buyer may reasonably


                                       19


<PAGE>

request to more effectively put Buyer in possession and operating control of all
or any part of the assets or properties of Seller.

     (j) No Mergers, Consolidations,  Sales of Assets, Etc. Until the earlier of
the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Agreement  or the
termination  date  provided  for in Section 9.02 below,  neither  Seller nor any
Primary  Shareholder  will,  directly or  indirectly,  solicit any  inquiries or
proposals or enter into or continue any discussions,  negotiations or agreements
relating to the sale or exchange of the capital  stock of Seller,  the merger of
Seller with, or the direct or indirect  acquisition or disposition of all or any
part of the  Purchased  Assets  otherwise  than in the  ordinary  course  of the
business of Seller to or from,  any person other than Buyer or its affiliates or
provide any  assistance or any  information  to or otherwise  cooperate with any
person in connection with any such inquiry, proposal or transaction.

     (k)  Financial  Statements.  Seller shall  deliver to Buyer,  promptly upon
their  becoming  available but not later that 20 days  following the end of each
applicable month,  copies of Seller's monthly  financial  statements for each of
the months ending after June 30, 1997 and prior to the Closing, which statements
will be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis and will
present fairly the financial position of Seller and the results of operations of
Seller as of its date  (subject to any  modifications  which may  thereafter  be
required  resulting  from the  resolution  of the matters  regarding  the Seller
Pension Plan).

     (l) Taxes. Seller and Primary Shareholders shall take all actions and shall
file all estimates or reports related to the state Tax requirements of the State
in which the Site is located to insure that Buyer (i) shall not be liable  under
the  laws  of such  State  for the  payment  of any  Taxes  as a  result  of the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) to the
extent  possible,  will not be required to withhold  any portion of the Purchase
Price.

     (m) Telephone and Facsimile Numbers.  Primary Shareholders and Seller shall
have delivered to Buyer letters from Primary  Shareholders  and Seller addressed
to Seller's telephone companies  instructing such companies to transfer to Buyer
the telephone and fax numbers of Seller relating to the Business Seller.

     (n) [Intentionally omitted.]

     (o)  Modification  of Lease.  On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Lease
Amendment  shall have been fully executed and entered into by all parties to the
Lease.

     Section  8.02  Consents  to  Assignments;  Permits.  (a)  Anything  in this
Agreement or the bills of sale notwithstanding,  to the extent that any Assigned
Agreement to be sold, assigned,  transferred or conveyed to Buyer, or any claim,
right or benefit arising thereunder or resulting therefrom (the "Interests"), is
not  capable of being  sold,  assigned,  transferred  or  conveyed  without  the
approval,  consent or waiver of the other  party  thereto,  or any third  person
(including a government  or  governmental  unit),  or if such sale,  assignment,
transfer or conveyance  or attempted  assignment,  transfer or conveyance  would
constitute a breach thereof or a violation of any law, decree, order, regulation
or other governmental edict, except as expressly otherwise provided herein, this
Agreement  shall not  constitute  a sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  conveyance
thereof, or an attempted assignment,  transfer or conveyance thereof.  After the
Closing,  until any Interest has been validly and effectively assigned to Buyer,
(i) prior to the date fifteen (15) months  following the Closing  Date,  Primary
Shareholders  and Seller,  as the case may be, shall hold such  Interest for the
benefit of Buyer and Buyer shall be entitled to receive all benefits  under such
Interest and shall be responsible for the obligations under such Interest to the
extent  relating to the benefits  received,  and (ii) any such  Interest  shall,
notwithstanding  the failure to receive any approval,  consent or waiver (but so
long as the same  shall not  constitute  a  violation  of law),  be deemed to be
assigned,  transferred  or  conveyed  to Buyer  if (x)  written  notice  of such
assignment,  transfer or conveyance is given to the other party to such Interest
on or before the Closing Date and (y) the other party to such Interest does not,
within three months after the Closing,  object to such  assignment,  transfer or
conveyance or acts in a manner  inconsistent  with such assignment,  transfer or
conveyance.

     (b) Collection of Receivables; Repurchase of Uncollected Receivables. Buyer
shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect the Receivables.  Buyer shall
apply amounts  received in respect of such Receivables to the oldest amounts due
from any client or  customer  unless  otherwise  specifically  directed  by such
client or  customer.  Promptly  after the 120th day  immediately  following  the
Closing,  Buyer shall furnish to Seller and the Primary  Shareholders  a list of
the  Receivables  (including  the  amounts and the  identity  of the  applicable
clients


                                       20


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

or customers)  which have not been  collected by Buyer on or prior to such 120th
day  (the  "Initial  Uncollected  AR  List").   Promptly  after  the  180th  day
immediately following the Closing, Buyer shall furnish to Seller and the Primary
Shareholders an updated  version of the Initial  Uncollected AR List listing the
Receivables  which  have not been  collected  on or prior to such 180th day (the
"Updated AR LIST").  Seller and  Primary  Shareholders,  jointly and  severally,
agree to purchase  from Buyer on or before the  fifteenth  (15th)  Business  Day
after receipt by them of the Updated AR List, all  Receivables  set forth on the
Updated AR List at the aggregate gross recorded  amount thereof  (reduced by the
amount of the  reserve  or  allowance  with  respect  thereto as shall have been
agreed upon by Buyer and Seller on or prior to the Closing Date  contemplated by
Section  5.01(c)(4))  plus interest  thereon (for the period  commencing on such
120th day  through  such 180th day) at a rate equal to the "prime  rate" then in
effect of CitiBank, NA plus 1%. The purchase price for such Receivables shall be
paid (a) by check payable to Buyer or, (b) if such amount exceeds  $100,000,  by
wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds to such  account as Buyer shall
designate  in writing to Seller.  Promptly  following  receipt of such  payment,
Buyer shall transfer and assign to Seller all of such  uncollected  Receivables.
In the event such  purchase  price is not  received  by Buyer by such  fifteenth
(15th) Business Day, Buyer may cause the Escrow Agent to release from the escrow
established by the Escrow  Agreement,  and deliver to Buyer,  an amount equal to
such purchase price.

     Section  8.03  Survival  of  Representations,   Warranties,  Etc.  (a)  All
covenants  and  agreements  of the parties  made in this  Agreement  or provided
herein  shall  survive  the  Closing  Date  without  limit,   unless   otherwise
specifically  provided herein. All representations and warranties of the parties
made in this Agreement or as provided  herein shall survive the Closing Date and
for a period ending on April 30, 2000,  notwithstanding any investigation at any
time  made by or on  behalf  of the other  party;  provided,  however,  that the
representations and warranties relating to any Tax and any environmental  matter
shall survive until six months after the applicable  statute of limitations  (or
any extension thereof) has expired (as the case may be, the applicable "Survival
Period");  and provided,  further, that, any representation or warranty which is
the  subject  of a claim or  dispute  asserted  prior to the  expiration  of the
Survival  Period shall survive with respect to such claim or dispute until final
resolution thereof. All claims for indemnity hereunder shall be made in writing,
and shall state with reasonable specificity the matter for which indemnification
is sought.

     (b) Primary  Shareholders'  and Seller's  Agreement to  Indemnify.  Primary
Shareholders  and Seller,  jointly and severally,  hereby agree to indemnify and
hold Buyer and its  shareholders  and their  officers and directors  (the "Buyer
Indemnified Parties") harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities,
losses,  damages  or  injuries,  together  with  costs and  expenses,  including
reasonable legal fees, arising out of or resulting from (i) any incorrectness or
incompleteness in the representations and warranties made by Primary Shareholder
or Seller in this  Agreement,  (ii) any  breach in any  material  respect by any
Primary  Shareholder or Seller,  unless waived,  of any covenant or agreement of
any Primary Shareholder or Seller contained in or arising out of this Agreement,
(iii) the Business  conducted by Seller,  or  otherwise in  connection  with the
Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, prior to the Closing Date, (iv) any
failure by Buyer,  Primary  Shareholders or Seller to comply with the bulk sales
laws of any  jurisdiction,  (v) the generation or use of Hazardous  Materials by
Seller  or  operators  of  Seller's  properties  prior  to the  Closing  Date in
violation of applicable  Environmental Laws, (vi) the transportation off site of
any Hazardous  Materials that have been generated or stored prior to the Closing
Date on any of the currently or formerly  owned,  operated or leased property of
Seller or any of its  affiliates  by carriers  that were not  authorized  by the
Environmental  Protection  Agency  or any  other  competent  federal,  state  or
municipal authority and the treatment or disposal of such Hazardous Materials by
disposal  facilities  that did not maintain  valid permits  therefor as required
under  applicable  Environmental  Laws,  and (vii) any and all  actions,  suits,
proceedings,  claims,  demands,  assessments  and  judgments  incidental  to the
foregoing or the enforcement of such indemnification.

     In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.03(b) and without
limiting the  generality of such  provisions,  Seller and Primary  Shareholders,
jointly and severally,  agree to fully indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its
affiliates  and  shareholders,  officers and  directors of any of the  foregoing
against and in respect of and,  except as  otherwise  provided in the  remaining
sentence(s) of this paragraph,  promptly  following  receipt of a written notice
and request  from Buyer  (accompanied  by a brief  explanation  of the amount at
issue and evidence of payments made by Buyer of such  amounts),  will  reimburse
Buyer and its affiliates for: (a) any and all liability whatsoever,  and however
imposed (including any claim asserted against or deficiency assessed against


                                       21


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

or  collected  from or paid by Buyer or Seller or any  affiliates  thereof),  in
respect  of any Taxes of Seller (or any  predecessors  of  Seller)  and  Primary
Shareholders  for any and all periods  through the period  ending on the Closing
Date,  without  regard to whether or not the existence of such  liability  would
constitute a breach of a  representation  or warranty  made by Seller or Primary
Shareholders hereunder and (b) any and all liabilities of Seller existing on, or
arising under or relating to activities or transactions of Seller other than the
Assumed  Liabilities.  With  respect  to any claim or  assessment  delivered  or
addressed  to  Buyer  by any  taxing  authority  or  other  governmental  agency
regarding Taxes covered by clause (a) of this  paragraph,  Buyer agrees that, in
order to provide Seller and Primary  Shareholders the opportunity to review and,
if good faith grounds  exist,  contest or object to the amount of any such claim
or  assessment,  Buyer shall not make any payment  with respect to such claim or
assessment  prior to the 30th day  following the delivery by Buyer to Seller and
Primary Shareholders of the above-described written notice and request; provided
that the provisions of this sentence shall not apply if failure by Buyer to make
payment of any such claim or assessment  is  reasonably  likely to result in (x)
the  assessment  against Buyer of any penalties or interest with respect to such
matter or (y) any  restriction  on Buyer  with  respect  to the  conduct  of the
Business as continued by Buyer after the Closing  Date.  Buyer agrees that prior
to making any claim for indemnification  hereunder against Seller and/or Primary
Shareholders,  it shall first exhaust all funds available in the General Deposit
(as defined in, and held pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement) provided
that such  agreement  by Buyer  shall  not apply if the  amount of the claim for
which it is then seeking indemnification is reasonably likely to exceed the then
existing balance of the General Deposit and provides further that such agreement
by Buyer  shall not apply if failure to make such claim  against  Seller  and/or
Primary Shareholders at such time may prejudice Buyer's right to make such claim
against Seller and/or Primary Shareholders at a later time.

     (c) Buyer's  Agreement to  Indemnify.  Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and
hold Primary  Shareholders,  Seller and Seller's  officers  and  directors  (the
"Seller  Indemnified  Parties")  harmless  from and  against any and all claims,
liabilities,  losses,  damages or injuries,  together  with costs and  expenses,
including  reasonable  legal  fees,  arising  out of or  resulting  from (i) any
incorrectness or  incompleteness in the  representations  and warranties made by
Buyer in this  Agreement,  (ii) any  breach in any  material  respect  by Buyer,
unless waived, of any covenant or agreement of Buyer contained in or arising out
of this  Agreement  (iii)  the  business  conducted  by  Buyer at the  Site,  or
otherwise in connection with the Purchased  Assets, on or after the Closing Date
(including those relating to any violation of  Environmental  Laws to the extent
proven by Seller to have been caused by Buyer),  and the Assumed  Liabilities on
or after the Closing Date.

     (d)  Claims.  Each party shall  retain its own  counsel and defend  itself,
subject to being reimbursed by the indemnifying party for reasonable  attorneys'
fees and expenses pursuant to this Section 8.03. The indemnified party agrees to
give the indemnifying party written notice of any claim,  demand,  action, suit,
proceeding or discovery of fact upon which the indemnified party intends to base
a claim for indemnification  ("Claim") under this Section 8.03. The indemnifying
party shall have the right to participate  jointly with the indemnified party in
the indemnified party's defense of any Claim. With respect to any issue involved
in any such Claim, as to which the indemnifying party shall have acknowledged in
writing the  obligation  to  indemnify  the  indemnified  party  hereunder,  the
indemnifying  party  shall have the sole right to  defend,  settle or  otherwise
dispose of such  Claim,  on such terms as the  indemnifying  party,  in its sole
discretion,  shall deem  appropriate;  provided that such terms do not result in
any  expense  to the  indemnified  party.  In  addition,  the  parties  agree to
cooperate in any defense or settlement and to give each other full access to all
information relevant thereto.

     (e) Remedies.  Any claim by Buyer hereunder (including any payment required
by Section  8.02(b)) may be  satisfied,  at Buyer's  option,  by the release and
delivery  to Buyer of amounts  then held by the  Escrow  Agent  pursuant  to the
Escrow Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the assertion by Buyer,  Seller
or Primary Shareholders,  as applicable,  of any rights or remedies available to
them at law or equity  (including,  but not limited to, any right of set-off) in
respect of the  foregoing  agreements  of  indemnity.  Seller  and each  Primary
Shareholder  acknowledge that irreparable  damage would result if the provisions
of Sections  8.01(b) and (d) were not  complied  with in  accordance  with their
respective specific terms.  Accordingly,  Seller and Primary  Shareholders agree
that Buyer shall have the right,  in addition to any other rights or remedies it
may have, to injunctive  relief, in respect of any failure on the part of Seller
or Primary Shareholders to comply with provisions of Sections 8.01(b) and (d).


                                       22


<PAGE>

     (f) Minimum  Claim  Amount for Breach of  Representations.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary  contained herein, no claim for  indemnification by any
Buyer Indemnified  Parties from Seller or by any Seller Indemnified Parties from
Buyer,   that  is  based  upon  the   incorrectness  or  incompleteness  of  the
representations  or warranties of the applicable  indemnifying party may be made
hereunder  unless,  in the  good  faith  judgment  of  the  party  seeking  such
indemnification,  the damage to such party resulting from such  incorrectness or
incompleteness  exceeds  $25,000;  provided,  however,  that  once  such  damage
threshold is reached,  the party or parties seeking  indemnification  may make a
claim hereunder for the full amount of said damages.

     Section 8.04 Allocations of Purchase Price. After the Closing,  Buyer shall
provide to Seller copies of Internal  Revenue Service Form 8594 and any required
exhibits  thereto with Buyer's  proposed  allocation of the purchase price among
the Purchased Assets. Such allocation shall be based on the fair market value of
each  Purchased  Asset at Closing  and  otherwise  in a manner  consistent  with
Section 1060 of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder.  Within 30 days after
the receipt of such Form 8594, Seller shall propose to Buyer any changes to such
Form 8594 or shall indicate its concurrence therewith.  The failure by Seller to
propose any changes  within such 30 days shall be deemed to be an  indication of
Seller's concurrence with such form as proposed by Buyer. Buyer and Seller shall
endeavor in good faith to resolve any  differences  with respect to the items on
Form  8594.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if Buyer and Seller are unable to
resolve such differences,  then such differences shall be resolved in accordance
with Section 8.05.  Each of Seller,  Buyer and each Primary  Shareholder  hereby
covenants  and  agrees  that  it will  not  take,  and  will  cause  each of its
subsidiaries not to take, a position on any foreign, federal, state or local tax
return that is in any way inconsistent with the allocation made pursuant to this
Section  8.04,  unless  advised  by counsel  that it may not take such  position
without violating applicable law or without incurring penalties.

     Section 8.05  Resolution of Disputes.  Buyer and Seller shall promptly seek
to resolve any dispute  arising under Section 8.04 of this  Agreement.  If Buyer
and Seller are unable to resolve any such dispute,  Buyer and Seller will select
an  accounting  firm (if the dispute  relates to  accounting  issues)  and/or an
independent  appraisal  firm  (if  the  dispute  is one of  valuation)  mutually
acceptable  to them to resolve any remaining  disputes.  If Buyer and Seller are
unable to agree on the choice of an  accounting  firm and/or an appraisal  firm,
they will select a nationally  recognized  accounting  firm or appraisal firm by
lot (after  excluding their respective  regular outside  accounting firms and/or
appraisal  firms).  Buyer and Seller will share equally the fees and expenses of
the  accounting  firm and/or  appraisal firm  designated to resolve  outstanding
disputes.  Buyer,  Seller  and  Primary  Shareholders  shall  be  bound  by  the
determinations of such accounting firm and/or appraisal firm.

     Section  8.06 Release of Certain  Obligations.  Buyer will  cooperate  with
Seller and Primary  Shareholders  in  connection  with  securing  the release of
Seller and  Primary  Shareholders  from their  obligations  under the  Borrowing
Arrangements, if any.

     Section  8.07  Agreements  Regarding  Employees.  (a)  Effective  as of the
Closing,  the active participation of any Company Personnel who become employees
of Buyer at the Closing  ("Transferred  Employees") in any Employee Benefit Plan
will terminate and no further  benefits shall accrue under any Employee  Benefit
Plan with  respect to any  Transferred  Employee.  Effective  as of the Closing,
Transferred  Employees  shall be eligible for benefits  which are  substantially
comparable  in the  aggregate  to the benefits  provided to  similarly  situated
employees of GE Capital Information  Technology  Solutions-North  America,  Inc.
(the "Buyer Benefit Plans").  No provision of this Section 8.07 shall create any
right in any Transferred  Employee or in his or her beneficiaries.  Seller shall
cause the 401(k) Plan, or any successor  plan thereto,  to be amended to provide
for full vesting of Transferred  Employees' balances under such plans. The Buyer
shall cause the Buyer Benefit Plans to recognize  prior service with Seller,  to
the  extent  recognized  under  the  Seller's   corresponding   plans  for  each
Transferred  Employee prior to the Closing,  as service with Buyer in connection
with (1) any  welfare  benefit  plan for  purposes  of any  waiting  period  and
eligibility  purposes only,  and (2) any "employee  pension plan" (as defined in
Section  3(2) of ERISA) for  purposes of  eligibility  and vesting only in which
such  Transferred  Employees elect to participate or  participates  and which is
available by Buyer  following  the Closing.  Buyer shall cause the Buyer Benefit
Plans which are welfare plans to waive any  pre-existing  condition  limitations
under such Buyer  Benefit  Plans which  would  otherwise  apply with  respect to
Transferred  Employees,  and to provide credit to Transferred  Employees for any
amounts  paid  toward   deductibles   in  the  same   calendar  year  under  the
corresponding Employee Benefit Plans.


                                       23


<PAGE>

     (b) Primary  Shareholders  and Seller  shall  retain all  liability  and be
responsible  for, and shall  indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against,
any direct and indirect costs, claims, liabilities or losses with respect to (i)
Employee Benefit Plans (including,  without limitation, the Seller Pension Plan)
with  respect to  employment  by Seller of any Company  Personnel  or any of its
subsidiaries prior to the Closing and (ii) any former employees of Seller or any
of its subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, post-employment benefits.

     (c) Buyer shall recognize,  with respect to each Transferred Employee,  the
number of vacation  days  accrued  and unused by such  Employee  under  Seller's
vacation program as of the Closing;  provided,  however, that the maximum number
of days to be recognized  with respect to each such Employee shall not exceed 10
days, or, with the approval of such Transferred Employee's supervisor,  30 days.
With respect to all Transferred  Employees,  Buyer shall recognize prior service
with Seller for purposes of determining each of such Employee's vacation accrual
with Buyer after the  Closing,  to the extent such  service  was  recognized  by
Seller prior to the Closing for purposes of vacation accrual.

     Section 8.08 Nonsolicitation.  (a) From the date hereof through the Closing
Date and (b) if the  Closing  Date does not occur prior to April 2, 1998 or this
Agreement  is otherwise  terminated  prior to such date  (whichever  shall first
occur, the "Termination  Date"),  from the Termination Date and for the one year
period  thereafter,  neither  Buyer,  GECITS nor any other  subsidiary of GECITS
will,  unless  acting with the express  written  consent of Seller,  directly or
indirectly,  solicit or  interfere  with,  or endeavor to entice away any person
(for the purpose of employing such person in any New Jersey or New York location
of Buyer,  GECITS or any other subsidiary of GECITS) who, to Buyer's  knowledge,
was employed by Seller at any time during the period  commencing  on the date of
this Agreement and ending on the Closing Date (in the case of clause (a)) or the
Termination Date (in the case of clause (b).


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 9.01 Expenses.  Regardless of whether the transactions contemplated
hereby are  consummated,  each of the several parties hereto shall bear the fees
and expenses  relating to its  compliance  with the various  provisions  of this
Agreement and its covenants to be performed hereunder,  and each of such parties
shall pay all expenses  (including  legal fees and  expenses)  incurred by it in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

     Section 9.02 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing:

     (a) by the Buyer if, between the date hereof and the time scheduled for the
Closing:  (i) an event or  condition  occurs  that has  resulted  in a  Material
Adverse  Effect,  and,  in the  case of a  Material  Adverse  Effect  reasonably
susceptible  to cure,  shall not have been cured  within 30 calendar  days after
written  notice by the Buyer  specifying  such Material  Adverse Effect has been
received  by the  Seller,  (ii) any  representation  or  warranty  of the Seller
contained in this Agreement  shall not have been true and correct when made and,
in the case of a breach  reasonably  susceptible  to cure,  shall  not have been
cured within 30 calendar days after written notice by the Buyer  specifying such
breach has been received by the Seller, (iii) the Seller shall not have complied
with any covenant or agreement to be complied  with by it and  contained in this
Agreement and, in the case of a breach reasonably susceptible to cure, shall not
have been  cured  within 30  calendar  days  after  written  notice by the Buyer
specifying such breach has been received by the Seller,  (iv) the Seller makes a
general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or any  proceeding  shall be
instituted by or against,  the Seller,  the Company or the Subsidiary seeking to
adjudicate any of them a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation,  winding
up or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition
of its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization
or (v) the  stockholders  of the  Seller  entitled  to vote on and  approve  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated  herein at the Special Meeting do
not so approve by the  requisite  amounts  pursuant  to  applicable  law and the
Seller's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws; or

     (b) by the Seller if,  between the date hereof and the time  scheduled  for
the Closing:  (i) any  representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in this
Agreement  shall not have been true and correct  when made and, in the case of a
breach  reasonably  susceptible  to cure,  shall not have been  cured  within 30
calendar days after written notice by the Seller specifying such breach has been
received by the Buyer,  (ii) the Buyer shall not have complied with any covenant
or agreement to be complied with by it and contained in this Agreement,  and, in
the


                                       24


<PAGE>

case of a breach  reasonably  susceptible  to cure,  shall not have  been  cured
within 30  calendar  days after  written  notice by the Seller  specifying  such
breach  has been  received  by Buyer,  as  applicable,  (iii) the Buyer  makes a
general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or any  proceeding  shall be
instituted  by or  against  the Buyer  seeking  to  adjudicate  it  bankrupt  or
insolvent,  or seeking liquidation,  winding up or reorganization,  arrangement,
adjustment,  protection,  relief  or  composition  of its  debts  under  any law
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or (iv) the stockholders of
the Seller entitled to vote on and approve the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  herein at the Special  Meeting do not so approve by the  requisite
amounts pursuant to applicable law and the Seller's Certificate of Incorporation
and By-Laws.

     (c) by  either  the  Seller  or the  Buyer if the  Closing  shall  not have
occurred by April 2, 1998; provided,  however,  that the right to terminate this
Agreement  under this Section  9.02(c) shall not be available to any party whose
intentional  failure to fulfill any obligation  under this Agreement  shall have
been the cause of, or shall  have  resulted  in, the  failure of the  Closing to
occur on or prior to such date; or

     (d) by either the Buyer or the  Seller in the event  that any  governmental
authority having power and authority to do so shall have issued an order, decree
or  ruling  or taken  any  other  action  restraining,  enjoining  or  otherwise
prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in the reasonable
determination  of the Buyer or the  Seller,  otherwise  render  inadvisable  the
consummation of the  transaction  contemplated by this Agreement and such order,
decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or

     (e) by the mutual written consent of the Seller and the Buyer.

     (f) In the  event of  termination  of this  Agreement  as  provided  in the
foregoing  paragraphs of this Section 9.02 this Agreement shall forthwith become
void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto  except (a)
as set forth in Sections  8.08,  9.01 and 9.12 and (b) that nothing herein shall
relieve any party from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

     If the Closing pursuant to Section 4.01 shall not have occurred on or prior
to April 2, 1998, this Agreement and all  obligations of, Primary  Shareholders,
Seller and Buyer  hereunder,  except  obligations  under Sections 8.08, 9.01 and
9.12, shall terminate at 11:59 p.m. New York time on such date,  unless extended
by mutual agreement of the parties.

     Section 9.03 Benefit;  Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and
assigns and not to any other person. This Agreement shall not be assigned by any
party hereto  without the written  consent of each of the other parties  hereto,
except  that (a) the  rights and  obligations  of Buyer may be  assigned  to any
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Buyer or any entity under common control with Buyer,
but no such transfer shall relieve Buyer of its obligations  hereunder,  and (b)
the rights and  obligations  of Buyer may be  assigned  in  connection  with the
dissolution  of  Buyer  or the  merger  of  Buyer  into  or  sale  by  Buyer  of
substantially  all its assets and  business  to a third  party if the  successor
shall have assumed all the  obligations  of the  dissolving,  merging or selling
entity  (but,  in the case of a sale of  substantially  all the assets,  without
relieving Buyer of its obligations hereunder).

     Section 9.04 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be construed and enforced
in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

     Section 9.05 Breach; Failure of Condition. If either party shall believe at
any time  prior to the  Closing  Date that any  other  party  has  breached  any
representation,  warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, or
that any condition to the Closing is not reasonably likely to be satisfied, such
party  shall  promptly  so inform  such  other  party  specifying  the breach or
condition concerned, and such other party shall have a reasonable opportunity to
correct such breach or cause such  condition to be satisfied,  but failure to so
notify shall not release the other party from its obligations hereunder.

     Section  9.06  Notices,  Etc.  All  notices,  requests,  demands  and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or
by  courier,  telegraphed,  telexed or by  facsimile  transmission  or mailed by
certified or registered mail first-class, postage prepaid:


                                       25



<PAGE>

  If to Seller or Primary Shareholders:

        TransNet Corporation
        45 Columbia Road
        Somerville, NJ 08876-3576
        Attn: Steven J. Wilk and Jay A. Smolyn
        Telecopy No.: (908) 253-0600


     with a copy to:

        Roger A. Tolins, Esq.
        Tolins & Lowenfels
        12 East 49th Street
        New York, New York 10017
        Telecopy No.: (212) 888-7706

        If to Buyer:

        GE Capital Information Technology
        Solutions Acquisition Corp.
        700 Canal Street
        Stamford, CT 06902
        Attention: Vice President - Business Development
        Telecopy No.: (203) 357-1531

     with a copy to:

        E. Ann Gill, Esq.
        Dewey Ballantine LLP
        1301 Avenue of the Americas
        New York, New York 10019
        Telecopy No.: (212) 259-6333


Any such  notice,  request,  demand or other  communication  hereunder  shall be
deemed to have  been  duly  given or made and to have  become  effective  (a) if
delivered by hand,  at the time of receipt  thereof,  (b) if sent by  telegraph,
telex  or  facsimile  transmission,  at the  time of the  dispatch  thereof,  if
dispatched during normal business hours in the state of receipt, or otherwise at
the opening of business on the  following  business  day in the state of receipt
and (c) if sent by registered or certified  first class mail,  postage  prepaid,
upon receipt.


     Any party may, by written notice to the other,  change the address to which
notices to such party are to be delivered or mailed.

     Section  9.07  Headings.  The  headings  of  the  articles,   sections  and
paragraphs  contained in this Agreement hereof and in no way modify the meanings
of such articles, sections and paragraphs.

     Section 9.08  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
together shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument.  This Agreement  shall
become effective when one or more  counterparts  have been signed by each of the
parties hereto and delivered to the other parties.

     Section 9.09 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the other  agreements
referred to herein and entered into in connection  herewith set forth the entire
agreement  and  understanding  of the  parties in  respect  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  supersede  all  prior  agreements,  arrangements  and
understandings  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  including  all  such
agreements, arrangements and understandings between Seller, Primary Shareholders
and Buyer.

     Section 9.10 Waiver; Amendment;  Modification.  Any party to this Agreement
may, by written  agreement (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations  or  other  acts  of  the  other  parties  hereto,   (b)  waive  any
inaccuracies  or breaches in the  representations  and  warranties  of the other
parties  contained in this  Agreement or in any document  delivered  pursuant to
this Agreement or (c) waive compliance with any of the


                                       26


<PAGE>

agreements or conditions of the other party contained herein. Any such extension
or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by
the party to be bound thereby.  Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be
construed as a waiver of any  subsequent  breach or a  subsequent  waiver of the
same term or  condition,  or a waiver of any other  term or  condition,  of this
Agreement.  The failure of any party to assert any of its rights hereunder shall
not constitute a waiver of any of such rights.  Except as otherwise  provided in
this Section 9.10,  this  Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written
agreement executed by the parties hereto or by their successors and assigns.

     Section  9.11  Severability.  To the  extent  that  any  provision  of this
Agreement  shall be invalid or  unenforceable,  it shall be  considered  deleted
herefrom and the  remainder of such  provision  and of this  Agreement  shall be
unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect.  In furtherance  and not
in limitation  of the  foregoing,  if the duration or  geographic  extent of, or
business activity covered by, any provision of this Agreement shall be in excess
of that which is enforceable  under applicable law, then such provision shall be
construed to cover only that duration, extent or activities which may be validly
and enforceable covered.

     Section 9.12 Announcements;  Confidentiality.  Except as otherwise required
by law,  neither  Seller,  any  Primary  Shareholder  nor Buyer  shall  make any
announcement  to the public or press  release of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  other than jointly or  otherwise  agreed by them in writing.  Buyer will
keep  confidential  any  information not otherwise  publicly  available which is
derived from access, investigation or information furnished by Seller or Primary
Shareholders  in connection  with this  Agreement,  including  the  negotiations
conducted in connection  herewith,  and if the transactions  contemplated hereby
are not consummated by April 2ion herewith, and if the transactions contemplated
hereby are not  consummated  by April  2ion  herewith,  and if the  transactions
contemplated  hereby are not  consummated by April 2, 1998, or if this Agreement
is terminated prior to such time, Buyer will promptly after such applicable date
or termination  return to Seller or Primary  Shareholders all such  information,
and copies and extracts therefrom,  and will not thereafter use such information
for any purpose.  Buyer, Seller and Primary  Shareholders will keep confidential
all drafts and executed copies of this Agreement and the contents hereof, except
to the extent  necessary to comply with any  applicable law or regulation or any
request or order of any government agency or court of competent jurisdiction and
except as otherwise  agreed  pursuant to the first  sentence of this  paragraph.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.12, Buyer, Seller and
Primary  Shareholders  may disclose  any such  information  to their  respective
attorneys, accountants and investment advisors.

     Section  9.13.  Mutual  Cooperation;  HSR  Act.  The  parties  hereto  will
cooperate with each other, and will use all commercially  reasonable  efforts to
cause the  fulfillment of the conditions to the parties'  obligations  hereunder
and to obtain as promptly as possible all  consents,  authorizations,  orders or
approvals  from each and every third  party,  whether  private or  governmental,
required in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement.
Each party hereto agrees to make an appropriate  filing, if necessary,  pursuant
to the HSR Act with respect to the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
within twenty (20) business days of the date hereof and to supply as promptly as
practicable  to  the   appropriate   governmental   authorities  any  additional
information and documentary  material that may be requested  pursuant to the HSR
Act.  Buyer shall pay the filing fees  relating  to the  aforementioned  HSR Act
filings.


                                       27


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on
the day and year first above written.

                                          GE CAPITAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
                                          ACQUISITION CORP.,
                                           as Buyer



                                          By: /s/ Gerald A. Poch
                                             ----------------------------------

                                             Name:    Gerald A. Poch

                                             Title:    President


                                          TRANSNET CORPORATION
                                           as Seller



                                          By: /s/ Steven J. Wilk
                                             ----------------------------------

                                             Name:    Steven J. Wilk

                                             Title:    President




                                             /s/ Steven J. Wilk
                                             ----------------------------------

                                             Steven J. Wilk, as Primary
                                             Shareholder




                                             /s/ Jay A. Smolyn
                                             ----------------------------------

                                             Jay A. Smolyn, as Primary
                                             Shareholder

                                       28


<PAGE>

                                                                    ATTACHMENT A

                                  DEFINITIONS

     "Adjusted  Net  Worth"  on and as of  the  Closing  Date,  shall  mean  the
difference between the total assets and total liabilities of Seller as set forth
on  Seller's  balance  sheet as of such date  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP
(reflecting reasonable reserves and adjustments established by Buyer as a result
of its due  diligence);  provided  that  Adjusted  Net Worth of Seller  shall be
calculated without including  goodwill,  deferred tax liabilities,  deferred tax
assets,  liabilities  relating to the Seller  Pension  Plan,  the Excluded  Real
Property and all other Excluded Assets.

     "Agreement" shall mean this Asset Purchase Agreement.

     "Assigned   Agreements"  shall  mean  the  Lease  and  all  other  business
agreements,  leases,  contracts,  documents and instruments of the Seller, which
relate to the Business of Seller and any  renewals,  extensions,  amendments  or
modifications  thereof,  and  any  additional  agreements,   leases,  contracts,
documents  and  instruments  which  are made or  entered  into by  Seller in the
ordinary  course of business (with the prior written  approval of the Buyer,  if
required by Section  8.01(a)(iii))  between the date of this  Agreement  and the
Closing  Date,  but  only  as and  to  the  extent  such  renewals,  extensions,
amendments,  or modifications  thereof,  and any additional  agreements,  leases
contracts,  documents and instruments,  pertain to and are used in the operation
of the business of Seller as of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
"Assigned  Agreements"  shall not  include  (i) the  Lease if, at the  option of
Buyer, a Transitional  Services  Agreement  shall be entered into as provided in
Section 6.01(o) and (ii) any agreement that, in the Disclosure  Exhibits hereto,
are specifically identified as not to be assigned to Buyer.

     "Assignment  Agreement"  shall mean an assignment and assumption  agreement
between Buyer and Seller in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1.

     "Assumed  Liabilities"  shall be  limited to  Seller's  Trade  Payables  as
determined on an accrual basis and set forth on Seller's balance sheet on and as
of the Closing Date  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP as well as those claims,
liabilities  and  obligations  of  Seller  relating  to the  Business  of Seller
becoming due or arising after the Closing Date and (i) set forth on the Exhibits
hereto or (ii) included in or arising under the Assigned Agreements, other than:

     (a) Claims, liabilities and obligations of Seller or Primary Shareholders
         under this Agreement;

     (b) Claims,  liabilities  and obligations of Seller in respect of Taxes and
         in respect of any violations of Environmental Laws;

     (c) Claims,  liabilities  and  obligations  of  Seller  in  respect  of any
         litigation  involving  the Seller  (whether or not disclosed in Exhibit
         5.01(d))  and  in  respect  of  any  contracts,   agreements  or  other
         arrangements identified on the Exhibits hereto as not to be assigned to
         or assumed by Buyer;

     (d) Fees and expenses of Seller in connection  with the  negotiation  of or
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

     (e) Claims,  liabilities and obligations of Seller under or with respect to
         any Employee Benefit Plans (including,  without limitation,  the Seller
         Pension Plan) and any Employment Contracts; and

     (f) Claims,  liabilities,  debt and other  obligations  of Seller under the
Borrowing Arrangements.

     "Borrowing  Arrangements"  shall mean all  agreements and  arrangements  of
Seller pursuant to which Seller has or may borrow money. All such agreements and
arrangements are as follows:

   1.Business Financing  Agreement dated November 11, 1994 between Seller and IE
     Financial Services ("IEFS");

     2. Agreement for Wholesale  Financing dated as of November 11, 1994 between
Seller and IEFS;

   3.Addendum to  Agreement  for  Wholesale  Financing  and  Business  Financing
     Agreement dated as of November 22, 1994 between Seller and IEFS.

     4. Two page letter from IEFS to Seller dated  September 7, 1995,  regarding
     increased line of credit.

     5. Amendment to Business Financing  Agreement dated as of September 8, 1995
between Seller and IEFS.

                                       29


<PAGE>

   6.Agreement for Wholesale  Financing dated August 25, 1989 between Seller and
     IBM Credit Corporation,  including two addenda thereto by the same parties,
     each also dated August 25, 1989.

     "Business"   shall  mean  the  business  of  Seller  conducted  by  Primary
Shareholders or Seller in the United States prior to the Closing Date.

     "Buyer Benefit Plans" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.07.

     "Claim" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(d).

     "Closing" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01 of the
   Agreement.

     "Closing Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01 of the
   Agreement.

     "Closing Inventory" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.01(n).

     "Closing Payment" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.01(a).

     "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Commission" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01(r).

     "Company  Personnel"  shall  mean  current or former  employees,  officers,
directors, or consultants of Seller.

     "Customer  Data" shall mean Seller's lists of customers and clients and all
records regarding such customers and clients.

     "Employment  Agreements"  shall mean the  agreements  between  Employer and
Steven J. Wilk and between Employer and Jay A. Smolyn, each substantially in the
form set forth as Exhibit A-2.

     "Employee Benefit Plans" shall mean all pension, annuity, retirement, stock
option, stock purchase,  savings, profit sharing or deferred compensation plans,
or agreements, and any retainer,  consultant,  bonus, group insurance,  welfare,
health  and  disability  plan,  fringe  benefit  or other  incentive  or benefit
contract, plan, arrangement or commitment applicable to Company Personnel (other
than regular salary and bonus arrangements).

     "Employees" shall mean all full and part time employees working in the
Business.

     "Employer"  shall mean GE Capital  Information  Technology  Solutions-North
America, Inc., a Minnesota corporation and an affiliate of Buyer.

     "Employment  Contracts"  shall mean all  employment  contracts,  consulting
agreements and  collective  bargaining  agreements  with respect to employees of
Seller.

     "Encumbrance" shall mean any mortgage, claim, lien, pledge, option, charge,
security interest or other similar interest.

     "Environmental Laws" shall mean all federal, state or local judgments,
decrees, orders, laws, licenses, ordinances, rules or regulations pertaining to
environmental matters, including, without limitation, those arising under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. [00a4] 1801 et seq.)
("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. [00a4] 9601 et seq.) ("CERCLA"), the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Clean Water
Act (33 U.S.C. [00a4] 1251 et seq.) ("SARA"), the Federal Clean Air Act (33
U.S.C. [00a4] 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. [00a4]
7401 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.
[00a4] 136 et seq.), and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.
[00a4] 651 et seq.).

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

     "Escrow  Agent" shall mean Chase Bank, NA, as escrow agent under the Escrow
Agreement,  if it shall agree to act in such  capacity,  or any other  Person as
Buyer and Seller shall agree prior to the Closing  Date,  and shall  include any
successor thereto in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

     "Escrow Agreement" shall mean an escrow agreement in substantially the form
of Exhibit A-3 hereto to be entered into on the Closing Date among Buyer, Seller
and Escrow Agent.

     "Escrow Portion" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.01(a).

                                       30


<PAGE>

     "Exchange Act" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01(r).

     "Excluded Assets" shall mean:

       (i)  Seller's  rights  under this  Agreement  or any other  agreement  or
   document delivered to or received by Seller in connection herewith;

       (ii) all  corporate  records of Seller,  including  all minutes books and
   other records of corporate proceedings and ownership of Sellers;

       (iii) all  income tax  returns  and  related  worksheets  and  supporting
   materials of Sellers;

       (iv) any Interests not sold, assigned,  transferred or conveyed or deemed
   to have been sold,  assigned,  transferred  or  conveyed  pursuant to Section
   8.02;

       (v) the Excluded Real Property;

       (vi) the automobiles  described on Exhibit  5.01(c)(1)  identified with a
check mark;

       (vii) employee and Primary Shareholder loans;

       (viii) all of Seller's tax assets;

       (xi) all the capital stock or other securities issued by Century
   American Corporation; and

       (x) all  life  insurance  policies  owned  or  maintained  by the  Seller
   (without  regard  to  whether  it is the  named  beneficiary  under  any such
   policy).

     "Excluded Real  Property"  shall mean the real property owned by Seller and
described on Exhibit 5.01(c)(3) and any net cash or other consideration received
upon the sale thereof prior to the Closing Date.

     "Furnishings"  shall mean the  vehicles  (other  than those  referred to in
Section 6.01(p)), fixtures, equipment, leasehold improvements, security systems,
telephone systems,  display stands, furniture and similar furnishings located at
the Site or at holding areas for the Site.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles, as presently in
effect in the United States.

     "GECITS" shall mean GE Capital Information  Technology  Solutions,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation.

     "HSR Act" shall mean the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements Act of
1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

     "Hazardous  Material" shall mean any and all hazardous wastes,  that in any
physical state,  might represent danger to the environmental  balance because of
their corrosive, toxic, venomous, reactive, explosive,  flammable, biological or
irritate conditions, such as: (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, flammable
explosives,  radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become
friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that
contain  dielectric fluid containing  levels of  polychlorinated  biphenyl,  and
radon gas; (b) any chemicals,  materials,  substances or wastes which are now or
hereafter  become  refined  as or  included  in  the  definition  of  "hazardous
substances",  "hazardous  wastes",  "toxic substances",  "toxic pollutants",  or
words of similar import,  under any applicable  Environmental  Laws; and (c) any
other  chemical,  material,  substance,  or waste,  exposure  to which is now or
hereafter  prohibited,  limited or regulated by any  Environmental Law or by any
federal, state or municipal authority.

     "Intangibles" shall mean the Intellectual Properties, all good will and all
other general intangibles of Seller used in the Seller's business.

     "Intellectual  Properties"  shall mean all patents of any  description  and
pending  applications  therefor,  all  registrations  of trademarks and of other
marks, all registrations of trade names,  assumed names,  service marks,  logos,
labels  or  other  trade  rights,   all  pending   applications   for  any  such
registrations,  all copyright  registrations and pending applications  therefor,
all other  copyrights,  trademarks  and other marks,  trade names assumed names,
service  marks,  logos,  jingles,  program  rights,  non-governmental  licenses,
computer programs and slogans, and all other inventions and designs,  whether or
not patentable, all to the extent that the foregoing items are owned in whole or
in part by Primary  Shareholders  or Seller and used in the  Business  as of the
date of this Agreement.


                                       31


<PAGE>

     "Inventory" shall mean all products  physically held or in transit for sale
or lease and  service  parts and  components  (in each  case  without  regard to
physical location) in the ordinary course of Seller's business.

     "IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

     "Lease"  shall mean the lease  dated  March 1, 1991  between  Seller and W.
Realty,  as amended on February 1, 1996,  pursuant to which  Seller,  as lessee,
leases the Site.

     "Lease  Amendment  shall mean an  amendment  to the Lease,  effective on or
prior to the Closing Date,  which  amendment  shall reduce the remaining term of
the Lease so that it shall  terminate  on the first  anniversary  of the Closing
Date.

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any circumstance, change in, or effect
on the Business or the Seller,  that,  individually or in the aggregate with any
other  circumstances,  changes in, or effects on the Business or the Seller: (a)
is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, operations,
prospects,  results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the Business as
expected to be continued by Buyer after the Closing  Date,  or (b) is reasonably
likely to  materially  adversely  affect the  ability of the Buyer to operate or
conduct  the  Business  in the  manner  in which  it is  currently  operated  or
conducted by the Seller.

     "Other Property" shall mean the Customer Data, Furnishings,  motor vehicles
(other than the automobiles described on Exhibit 5.01(c)(1)), telephone numbers,
fax numbers and Petty Cash and cash and cash equivalents.

     "Petty  Cash"  shall mean all cash on hand at the  offices of Seller at the
opening of business on the Closing Date.

     "Proxy Statement" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01(r).

     "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.01(a) of the
Agreement.

     "Purchased Assets" shall mean the Inventory,  Receivables,  Other Property,
the  value of the  business  of  Seller  as a going  concern,  rights  under the
Assigned  Agreements  and all  other  assets  set  forth  or  which  should,  in
accordance  with  GAAP,  be set  forth on a  balance  sheet of  Seller as of the
Closing Date;  provided,  however,  that Purchased  Assets shall not include (i)
Excluded Assets, (ii) Employee Benefit Plans, (iii) Employment  Contracts,  (iv)
any tax assets and (v) cash and cash equivalents (other than Petty Cash) held by
Seller or its agent, banks, etc., on the Closing Date.

     "Receivables"  shall mean all of Seller's  outstanding  accounts receivable
arising  from  the  lease  or sale of  goods  or for  services  rendered  in the
Business,  including  receivables  relating  to  contra-payable  balances in the
payable accounts of Seller and receivables  attributable to  manufacturers'  and
other vendors'  reimbursement  policies,  but shall not include  receivables due
from Employees and Primary Shareholders.

     "Returns" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01(j) of the
Agreement.

     "Seller Pension Plan" shall have the meaning provided in Section
   5.01(l)(ii).

     "Site" shall mean the premises  occupied by Seller (including common areas)
   pursuant to the Lease.

     "Special Meeting" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01(r).

     "Survival Period" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.03(a) of
the Agreement.

     "Tax" or  "Taxes"  shall  mean all taxes,  charges,  fees,  levies or other
assessments,  including, without limitation, all net income, gross income, gross
receipts,  sales,  use,  ad  valorem,  transfer,  franchise,  profits,  license,
withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, property
or other  taxes,  customs,  duties,  fees,  assessments  or  charges of any kind
whatsoever,  together with any interest and any  penalties,  additions to tax or
additional  amounts imposed by any taxing  authority  (domestic or foreign) upon
Seller or any affiliate thereof.

     "Transitional Services Agreement" shall mean an agreement between Buyer and
Seller  (which  may be  entered  into under the  circumstances  contemplated  by
Section  6.01(o))  pursuant to which  Buyer is granted the right to occupy,  and
maintain the Purchased Assets at, the Site and in consideration  for which Buyer
will pay to Seller periodic payments at the times and in the amounts of Seller's
periodic  rental  payments  under the Lease for so long as such  agreement is in
effect, which agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and
which will have a term satisfactory to Buyer in its sole discretion.

     "WARN" has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(l)(v).

                                       32


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT C

                    PLAN OF LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION OF
                             TRANSNET CORPORATION
     This  Plan  of  Liquidation  and  Dissolution   (the  "Plan")  of  TransNet
Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  is intended to accomplish
the complete  liquidation  and dissolution of the Company in accordance with the
Delaware General Corporation Law and Section 331 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986,  as amended  (the  "Code"),  as follows:  1. The Board of Directors of the
Company has adopted this Plan and called a meeting of the Company's stockholders
to take action on this Plan. If at said meeting of the Company's  stockholders a
majority of the outstanding  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock"),  of the Company  votes for the  adoption  of this Plan,  the Plan shall
constitute  the  adopted  Plan  of the  Company  as of the  date on  which  such
stockholder approval is obtained (the "Adoption Date").

     2. After the Adoption  Date,  the Company  shall not engage in any business
activities  except to the extent necessary to preserve the values of its assets,
wind up its business and affairs,  and distribute its assets in accordance  with
this Plan.

     No later than thirty (30) days  following  the Adoption  Date,  the Company
shall file Form 966 with the Internal Revenue Service.

     3. From and  after the  Adoption  Date,  the  Company  shall  complete  the
following corporate actions:

   (a) The Company shall sell substantially all of its operating assets, subject
    to certain  liabilities,  to GE  Capital  Information  Technology  Solutions
    Acquisition Corp. ("GE Acq. Corp.") pursuant to an Asset Purchase  Agreement
    dated  October 31, 1997,  shall change its name to "TRNL  Corp.",  and shall
    collect,  sell,  exchange  or  otherwise  dispose  of all  of its  remaining
    property  and  assets  in one or  more  transactions  upon  such  terms  and
    conditions  as the Board of  Directors,  in its absolute  discretion,  deems
    expedient and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  In
    connection with such collection,  sale, exchange and other disposition,  the
    Company  shall  marshall  its assets and collect or make  provision  for the
    collection of all accounts receivable, debts and claims owing to the Company
    and not  transferred to GE Acq. Corp. As part of the foregoing,  the Company
    shall cause its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  to  liquidate  and  dissolve in a
    manner consistent with this Plan.

   (b) The Company shall pay or, as  determined by the Board of Directors,  make
    reasonable  provision  to pay,  all claims and  obligations  of the Company,
    including  all  contingent,  conditional  or  unmatured  claims known to the
    Company  and all  claims  which are known to the  Company  but for which the
    identity of the claimant is unknown.

   (c) The Company shall distribute pro rata to the Company's stockholders,  all
    available  cash  including  the  cash  proceeds  of any  sale,  exchange  or
    disposition, except such cash, property or assets as are required for paying
    or making  provision  for the claims and  obligations  of the Company.  Such
    distribution may occur all at once or in a series of distributions and shall
    be in cash,  in such  amounts,  and at such time or  times,  as the Board of
    Directors,  in its absolute discretion,  may determine. If and to the extent
    deemed necessary, appropriate or desirable by the Board of Directors, in its
    absolute  discretion,  the Company may  establish and set aside a reasonable
    amount (the  "Contingency  Reserve") to satisfy  claims against the Company,
    including, without limitation, tax obligations, and all expenses of the sale
    of the Company's  property and assets,  of the collection and defense of the
    Company's  property  and  assets,  and of the  liquidation  and  dissolution
    provided  for in this Plan.  The  Contingency  Reserve  may  consist of cash
    and/or property.

     4. The  distributions to the Company's  stockholders  pursuant to Section 3
hereof  shall  be  in  complete  redemption  and  cancellation  of  all  of  the
outstanding  Common  Stock of the  Company.  As a  condition  to  receipt of any
distribution  to the  Company's  stockholders,  the Board of  Directors,  in its
absolute   discretion,   may  require   stockholders   to  (i)  surrender  their
certificates  evidencing  the  Common  Stock to the  Company  or its  agent  for
recording  of such  distributions  thereon  or (ii)  furnish  the  Company  with
evidence  satisfactory  to  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  loss,  theft  or
destruction of their  certificates  evidencing  the Common Stock,  together with
such  surety  bond or other  security  or  indemnity  as may be  required by and
satisfactory to the Board of Directors  ("Satisfactory Evidence and Indemnity").
As  a  condition  to  receipt  of  any  final   distribution  to  the  Company's
stockholders,  the Board of Directors,  in its absolute discretion,  may require
stockholders to (i) surrender their certificates  evidencing the Common Stock to
the Company or its agent for  cancellation  or (ii)  furnish  the  Company  with
Satisfactory Evidence and Indemnity.


<PAGE>

     The Company will finally  close its stock  transfer  books and  discontinue
recording  transfers of Common Stock on the earlier to occur of (i) the close of
business  on the  record  date  fixed by the  Board of  Directors  for the final
liquidating  distribution,  or (ii)the date on which the Company ceases to exist
under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (following  any  post-dissolution
continuation period thereunder), and thereafter certificates representing Common
Stock will not be assignable or  transferable on the books of the Company except
by will, intestate succession, or operation of law.

     5. If any distribution to a stockholder cannot be made, whether because the
stockholder cannot be located,  has not surrendered its certificates  evidencing
the Common Stock as required hereunder or for any other reason, the distribution
to  which  such  stockholder  is  entitled  (unless  transferred  to  the  Trust
established pursuant to Section 6 hereof) shall be transferred,  at such time as
the final  liquidating  distribution is made by the Company,  to the official of
such state or other  jurisdiction  authorized by  applicable  law to receive the
proceeds  of  such  distribution.   The  proceeds  of  such  distribution  shall
thereafter  be held solely for the benefit of and for ultimate  distribution  to
such  stockholder  as the sole  equitable  owner thereof and shall be treated as
abandoned  property and escheat to the applicable state or other jurisdiction in
accordance  with  applicable  law.  In no event  shall the  proceeds of any such
distribution revert to or become the property of the Company.

     6. Five years after the Adoption Date of this Plan, the Board of Directors,
in furtherance of the  liquidation and  distribution of the Company's  assets to
the Company's stockholders,  shall transfer to one or more liquidating trustees,
for the benefit of the Company's  stockholders (the  "Trustees"),  under a trust
(the  "Trust"),  any  assets  of  the  Company  which  are  (i)  not  reasonably
susceptible to distribution to the Company's stockholders, including assets held
on behalf of the Company's  stockholders (a) who cannot be located or who do not
tender  their  certificates  evidencing  the Common  Stock to the Company or its
agent as hereinabove required or (b) to whom distributions may not be made based
upon  restrictions  under  contract  or  law,  including,   without  limitation,
restrictions  of  the  federal  securities  laws  and  regulations   promulgated
thereunder or (ii) held as the Contingency Reserve.

     The  Board  of  Directors  is  hereby  authorized  to  appoint  one or more
individuals,  corporations,  partnerships  or other persons,  or any combination
thereof,  including,  without limitation,  any one or more officers,  directors,
employees,  agents or representatives  of the Company,  to act as the Trustee or
Trustees for the benefit of the Company's stockholders and to receive any assets
of the Company.  Any Trustees  appointed as provided in the  preceding  sentence
shall  succeed to all right,  title and  interest of the Company of any kind and
character  with  respect to such  transferred  assets  and, to the extent of the
assets so  transferred,  shall assume all of the  liabilities and obligations of
the  Company,   including,   without  limitation,  any  unsatisfied  claims  and
unascertained or contingent  liabilities.  Further,  the Trustees shall have the
full power to  liquidate,  deal  with,  give  receipt  for and manage all of the
property and assets conveyed to the Trustees by the Company, to the exclusion of
the Company and its officers and directors,  and any conveyance of assets to the
Trustees  shall be deemed to be a  distribution  of  property  and assets by the
Company to its stockholders for the purposes of Section 3 of this Plan. Any such
conveyance to the Trustees shall be in trust for the stockholders of the Company
and any assumption of liabilities and obligations of the Company by the Trustees
shall be solely in their  capacity as  Trustees.  The  Company,  subject to this
section  6 and as  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  in  its  absolute
discretion,  may enter into a liquidating trust agreement with the Trustees,  on
such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion,
may  deem  necessary,  appropriate  or  desirable.  Adoption  of this  Plan by a
majority of the  outstanding  Common Stock shall  constitute the approval of the
Company's  stockholders of any such appointment and any such  liquidating  trust
agreement as their act and as a part hereof as if herein written.

     7. After the Adoption Date, the officers of the Company shall, at such time
as  the  Board  of  Directors,  in its  absolute  discretion,  deems  necessary,
appropriate or desirable, obtain any certificates required from the Delaware tax
authorities and, upon obtaining such  certificates,  the Company shall file with
the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a  certificate  of  dissolution
(the  "Certificate  of  Dissolution")  in accordance  with the Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

     8.  Adoption of this Plan by a majority  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock
shall  constitute  the  approval  of the  Company's  stockholders  of the  sale,
exchange or other  disposition  in liquidation of all of the property and assets
of the Company,  whether such sale,  exchange or other disposition occurs in one
transaction or a series of transactions,  and shall  constitute  ratification of
all contracts for sale,  exchange or other  disposition which are conditioned on
adoption of this Plan.


                                       2


<PAGE>

     9. In  connection  with and for the purpose of  implementing  and  assuring
completion  of this Plan,  the Company  may, in the absolute  discretion  of the
Board of Directors, pay any brokerage,  agency,  professional and other fees and
expenses of persons  rendering  services to the Company in  connection  with the
collection,  sale,  exchange or other disposition of the Company's  property and
assets and the implementation of this Plan.

     10. In  connection  with and for the purpose of  implementing  and assuring
completion  of this Plan,  the Company  may, in the absolute  discretion  of the
Board of Directors, pay to the Company's officers, directors,  employees, agents
and  representatives,  or any of them,  compensation or additional  compensation
above their regular compensation,  in money or other property, in recognition of
the  extraordinary  efforts they, or any of them, will be required to undertake,
or actually  undertake,  in  connection  with the  implementation  of this Plan.
Adoption  of this Plan by a  majority  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock  shall
constitute the approval of the Company's stockholders of the payment of any such
compensation.

     11. The  Company  shall  continue to  indemnify  its  officers,  directors,
employees,  agents and  representatives  in accordance  with its  certificate of
incorporation,  as amended,  and by-laws and any contractual  arrangements,  for
actions taken in connection  with this Plan and the winding up of the affairs of
the Company.  The  Company's  obligation  to indemnify  such persons may also be
satisfied  out of the  assets  of the  Trust.  The  Board of  Directors  and the
Trustees,  in their absolute  discretion,  are authorized to obtain and maintain
insurance as may be necessary to cover the Company's obligations hereunder.

     12.  Notwithstanding   authorization  or  consent  to  this  Plan  and  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby by the Company's  stockholders,  the Board of
Directors  may  modify,   amend  or  abandon  this  Plan  and  the  transactions
contemplated hereby without further action by the Company's  stockholders to the
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     13. The Board of  Directors  of the Company is hereby  authorized,  without
further  action by the  Company's  stockholders,  to do and perform or cause the
officers of the Company,  subject to approval of the Board of  Directors,  to do
and perform,  any and all acts, and to make,  execute,  deliver or adopt any and
all agreements,  resolutions,  conveyances,  certificates and other documents of
every kind which are deemed necessary, appropriate or desirable, in the absolute
discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors,   to  implement  this  Plan  and  the
transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limiting the foregoing, all
filings or acts  required by any state or federal law or  regulation  to wind up
its affairs.


                                       3


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D





                         HOULIHAN LOKEY HOWARD & ZUKIN

                               FINANCIAL ADVISORS


August 1, 1997


To The Board of Directors
c/o Steven J. Wilk
President and Chief Executive Officer
TransNet Corporation
45 Columbia Road
Somerville, NJ 08876-3576


Gentlemen:

We  understand  that the Company has  contemplated  entering into an asset sales
agreement with GE Capital Inc.  through the formation of an acquisition  holding
company  (the  "Buyer").  It is  contemplated  that the Buyer will  purchase the
assets of the Company,  excluding  certain  land held by the Company.  The Buyer
will pay the Company a maximum of $20.5  million and a minimum of $19.5  million
in cash at closing for the assets,  which  represents the operating  business of
the Company,  of which $3.5 million will be held in escrow.  We understand  that
the Company will distribute the net proceeds,  after tax, to the shareholders of
the Company ("Shareholders").  Furthermore, we understand that the land held for
development  will be sold for  approximately  its appraised  value of $1,000,000
with the net proceeds distributed to the Shareholders.  Such transaction and all
related transactions are referred to collectively herein as the "Transaction."

You have  requested  our  opinion  (the  "Opinion")  as to the matters set forth
below. The Opinion does not address the Company's  underlying  business decision
to effect the  Transaction.  We have not been requested to, and did not, solicit
third party indications of interest in acquiring all or any part of the Company.
Furthermore,  at your request, we have not negotiated the Transaction or advised
you with respect to alternatives to it.




                                    CHICAGO
                            TWO FIRST NATIONAL PLAZA
                       20 SOUTH CLARK STREET, 21ST FLOOR
                          CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603-1881
                       TEL 312.346.0518 FAX 312.346.0951
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES THROUGH HOULIHAN LOKEY HOWARD & ZUKIN FINANCIAL
                                    ADVISORS




<PAGE>

Steven J. Wilk
TransNet Corporation
August  1,  1997  -2-  However,  it  should  be noted  that we have  interviewed
management  of the Company  who have  expressed  their  concerns  regarding  the
following matters,  and we have independently  verified that the Company will in
the future  face direct  competition  in its  marketing  efforts  from  computer
hardware manufacturers,  and that there is a declining trend, industry-wide,  in
wholesale  and retail  prices for the  computer  hardware  which  comprises  the
Company's principal source of revenues.

In  connection  with  this  Opinion,  we have made such  reviews,  analyses  and
inquiries as we have deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances.
Among other things, we have:

   1. reviewed the Company's annual reports to shareholders and on Form 10-K for
      the fiscal  years  ended 1996 and  quarterly  reports on Form 10-Q for the
      four quarters  ended March 31, 1997,  which the Company's  management  has
      identified as being the most current financial statements available;

   2.  reviewed a draft of the Asset Purchase Agreement and Exhibits between
       GE Capital Information Technology Solutions Acquisitions Corp. and the
       Company dated as of July 31, 1997;

   3. reviewed an appraisal of the Company's land held for development performed
      by Hannock Appraisal dated April 14, 1997;

     4. met with  certain  members of the senior  management  of the  Company to
discuss the  operations,  financial  condition,  future  prospects and projected
operations and performance of the Company,  and met with  representatives of the
Company's counsel to discuss certain matters;

     5. visited certain facilities and business offices of the Company:

   6. reviewed  forecasts and projections  prepared by the Company's  management
      with  respect to the Company  for the years  ended June 30,  1997  through
      2000;

     7.  reviewed  the  historical  market  prices  and  trading  volume for the
Company's publicly traded securities;

   8. reviewed  certain  other  publicly  available  financial  data for certain
      companies that we deem comparable to the Company,  and publicly  available
      prices and premiums paid in other  transactions that we considered similar
      to the Transaction; and

     9.  conducted  such other studies  analyses and inquiries as we have deemed
appropriate.

We have relied upon and  assumed,  without  independent  verification,  that the
financial forecasts and projections provided to us have been reasonably prepared
and reflect  the best  currently  available  estimates  of the future  financial
results and condition of the Company, and that there has been no material change
in the assets,  financial condition,  business or prospects of the Company since
the date of the most recent financial statements made available to us.

We  have  not  independently  verified  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of the
information  supplied  to us with  respect to the  Company and do not assume any
responsibility  with respect to it. We have not made any physical  inspection or
independent  appraisal of any of the  properties  or assets of the Company.  Our
opinion is necessarily  based on economic,  market and other  conditions as they
exist and can be evaluated by us at the date of this letter.

Based upon the foregoing,  and in reliance  thereon,  it is our opinion that the
consideration  being paid to the Company for its assets  including its operating
business and the consideration to be received by the Shareholders of the Company
in connection with the Transaction is fair from a financial point of view.


HOULIHAN, LOKEY, HOWARD & ZUKIN FINANCIAL ADVISORS, INC.


<PAGE>

ABOUT  OUR COMPANY

     TransNet  Corporation,  founded in 1969, is a sales and  technical  service
organization  for local area networks,  personal  computer  systems,  peripheral
equipment,  software,  and  supplies,  and a provider of  sophisticated  systems
integration,  repair  and  maintenance  services  and  user  training.  Sales of
products and the promotion of technical  services are conducted  through our own
sales and service  departments.  We market and service an extensive product line
comprised  of  hardware  and  software   products  of  the  industry's   leading
manufacturers and representative of state-of-the-art  technologies. The majority
of our customers are commercial  users located in the New Jersey - New York City
metropolitan   area,   including  many  Fortune  100  businesses,   as  well  as
governmental and educational  users.  Our experienced  sales and service staffs,
and efficient distribution operations,  serve our customers from our Branchburg,
New Jersey headquarters. Our Training Center, located at corporate headquarters,
provides  comprehensive  customer  training on hardware and software through the
services of certified instructors.

     TransNet common stock is traded over-the-counter under the symbol "TRNT."

<PAGE>

To Our Shareholders:

     I am pleased to report that fiscal 1997 was another year of opportunity and
success for TransNet Corporation.  For the year ended June 30, 1997, we reported
record  revenues of $68,631,322  compared to $64,200,588 for the year ended June
30, 1996, and we reported net income of $1,032,567,  as compared with net income
of $1,001,640 for fiscal 1996.  Through our diligent  efforts,  we continued the
significant  increase of high profit revenues  produced by our service,  support
and training operations.

     In fiscal 1997, as in prior years,  the computer  industry as a whole faced
the  challenges  of decreased  prices and resulting  intensification  of already
fierce competition.  TransNet successfully met industry challenges,  due in part
to our pursuit of our mission statement - "To assist our clients in reducing the
overall cost of personal computer ownership." TransNet realizes that a corporate
client can spend up to twice the cost of equipment for technical  support in the
three years following the purchase.  Our vision is to provide our clients with a
total solution for hardware  distribution  coupled with  unparalleled  levels of
technical  service and support.  To accomplish  our goal, we provide each of our
clients with a complete  solution,  specifically  tailored to fit that  client's
unique requirements. Our clients view this as a "service" and this service - our
only unique product - is the basis for our profit generation. As a result of our
ability to provide a seamless  "cradle to grave" program,  we have been selected
by many large  corporations as their primary  hardware and support  vendor.  Our
approach  assures  our  clients  that  their  total cost of  ownership  is below
industry  averages.  In addition,  many  manufacturers  have  selected us as the
"Premier" support provider for our geographic area of coverage.

     Due to the continued decline in computer sales prices,  however,  our gross
profit margins have eroded.  In addition,  various hardware  manufacturers  have
announced  they are  considering  the  advantages  of dealing  directly with the
end-user community, which could adversely impact our sales business.

     Viewing  these  trends and in an effort to protect  shareholder  value,  on
October 31, 1997,  TransNet executed an Asset Purchase  Agreement  providing for
the sale of  substantially  all of its  operating  assets,  subject  to  certain
liabilities,  to a wholly-owned  subsidiary of GE Capital Information Technology
Solutions, Inc. ("GECITS"). GECITS is an affiliate of GE Capital Services, which
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of General Electric Company. The sale is subject to
the approval of our  stockholders,  as well as the  occurrence  of certain other
conditions. If the sales does not take place, TransNet will continue its present
business operations and will also explore available  alternatives for the future
of the Company.

     On behalf of the Board of  Directors,  I thank our  shareholders  for their
support of our vision of the industry, our employees for their dedication to our
mission,  and our  customers  for their  support,  which affirms our belief that
unparalleled quality is the cornerstone of any successful business.

Very truly yours,

Steven J. Wilk
President
Chief Executive Officer

                                                           1
<PAGE>
About TransNet Corporation

     TransNet  Corporation has established itself as a leading sales and support
organization for personal  computers,  work stations,  peripheral  equipment and
software,  and has won a  reputation  as a major  provider  of a high  level  of
sophisticated  technical support,  technical services,  and training.  Since its
inception in 1969,  TransNet has been at the forefront of meeting and satisfying
customer demand while successfully  evolving with industry changes. The basis of
TransNet's success,  growth and development has been providing the customer with
the best product and support  services  that computer  technology  has to offer,
while adhering to its corporate philosophy that The Customer Comes First.

     TransNet is known for full service to our  customers and for the high level
of expertise and service of our sales and  technical  staffs and the broad range
and rapid delivery of value-added services. This is particularly true in today's
business world:  facing the day-to-day  challenges of cost reduction,  increased
productivity,  re-engineering and outsourcing, where our expertise and technical
services are recognized as valuable  resources.  We assist  organizations  whose
outsourcing   requirements  include  network  integration,   installation,   and
technical support and repair services.  As an example,  we successfully  provide
our  customers  with the immediate  response  they demand  through our "TechNet"
program,  under  which our  technicians  are  assigned  to  customer  sites on a
full-time basis.  Because of such  responsiveness and flexibility,  TransNet has
been selected as "vendor of choice" by many customers.

     TransNet is an authorized  dealer for Apple,  AST,  Compaq  Computer,  Inc.
(including   authorizations  as  a  Compaq  Systems  Support  Provider,   Compaq
Enterprise Partner and a Compaq Certified Education  Partner),  Hewlett-Packard,
IBM, NEC, Sun Microsystems,  Toshiba,  Lotus Development  Corporation ("Lotus"),
Microsoft  Corporation  ("Microsoft"),  Cisco Systems,  Inc. ("Cisco"),  Novell,
3COM,   and  Banyan   Systems,   Inc.   Our   comprehensive   product   line  of
state-of-the-art   equipment   also   includes   products   from  other  leading
manufacturers   to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  our  customers.   TransNet's
designation by Compaq as a Compaq Systems Support Provider is a rare distinction
in the industry and it further  enhances our  capabilities  to provide  high-end
support, in conjunction with Compaq and Digital Equipment Corporation,  to large
corporations on local, national and global bases. Additionally,  Compaq Computer
recently  recognized TransNet as the premier service and support provider in its
geographic territory for 1996 based on a strict set of criteria.  We are pleased
to be  recognized  as a leader in service and support by our  manufacturers,  as
well as by many Fortune 100 organizations.  We received dealer  authorization as
an Airdata solutions provider for AT&T wireless services, and recently entered a
Consulting  Services Agreement with SAP.  Additionally,  TransNet is a member of
the Ingram Micro Network, the largest personal computer reseller organization in
the nation, providing us with access to the latest innovations in the industry.

     Commercial   sales   operations  are  conducted   from  the   Corporation's
headquarters  in  centrally-located  Branchburg,  New  Jersey.  Our sales  staff
received on-going training to keep abreast of industry developments.  TransNet's
customer base is comprised primarily of commercial  customers,  many of whom are
Fortune 100 organizations, primarily in the pharmaceutical, oil and gas, finance
and  communications   industries,   as  well  as  educational  and  governmental
institutions.

     TransNet's  Technical  Service  and Support  Departments,  perhaps the most
significant  aspects of the  value-  added  services  provided  by the  Company,
provide  services  which include  network  design and system  integration  at an
acclaimed level of excellence.  TransNet's Service Department, serving customers
for more than 19 years,  provides a wide variety of network  services,  personal
computer  support,  repair and  standard  equipment  maintenance.  The  services
include LAN and PC hardware support,  systems  integration  services,  help desk
services,   asset   management,   relocation   services,   and  installation  or
installation coordination. Our staff of experienced and specially trained system
engineers and service  technicians  provide  on-site or on-call support for file
servers,  personal  computers,  laptop computers,  printers and other peripheral
equipment.  The wide  range of  services  include  several  options  in  on-site
service,  such as our  TechNet  program,  as well as  service  and/or  technical
support contracts,  each one tailored to the customer's individual requirements.
TransNet is an authorized service dealer for Apple, AST, Banyan,  Compaq,  Dell,
Epson,  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM,  NEC,  Novell,  and Sun. In addition,  TransNet's
participation  in the Ingram  Micro  Network  ("IMN"),  a select  group of firms
providing  technical  service,  assures the same excellent quality of service to
customers'   locations   throughout  the  United  States.   Through   reciprocal
arrangements with IMN members, TransNet's Service Department provides service to
nearby customers of dealers located in other areas of the country.

     Another  facet of service  provided by TransNet is  comprehensive  training
courses on hardware  and  software,  including a wide  variety of DOS,  Windows,
Macintosh and UNIX systems and network applications, operation, and maintenance.
The  Training  Center  has its own  dedicated  network  and each  instructor  is
certified to teach the classes offered.  TransNet's  Training Center is an Apple
Computer  authorized  training center and is also authorized for training on all
Microsoft, Lotus, Quark, FrameMaker and Macromind products.

     As  computer  technology  continues  to develop at a  lightning-fast  pace,
TransNet  affirms our  commitment  to remain at the  forefront in providing  our
customers  with the best the  computer  industry  has to offer  and to  maximize
profits  for  our  shareholders.  We  are  deeply  committed  to  the  continued
enhancement of the reputation for excellence TransNet has already achieved.


                                                           2
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results of Operations

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended June 30,  1997 were  $68,631,322  as
compared  with  $64,200,588  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1996,  and
$56,216,605  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995.  Revenues for fiscal 1997,
1996 and 1995 increased as compared to the  respective  prior year as the result
of increased  hardware sales and an increase in revenues from technical services
(such as technical repair and maintenance, support, and network integration) and
training  services.  Due to management's  emphasis on the promotion of technical
service and support  operations  and  agreements  with large  organizations  for
service and support (as discussed below),  technical service revenues  increased
by  approximately  36% in fiscal  1997 as compared  to fiscal  1996,  and 25% in
fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995.

     For fiscal 1997,  the  Corporation  reported net income of  $1,032,567 , as
compared with net income of $1,001,640  for fiscal 1996, and $882,466 for fiscal
1995. As  referenced  above,  consecutive  increases in net income for the years
ended June 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995 is  attributable  to increased sales volume;
increased   technical  service  and  support  related   revenues;   management's
concentration  on sales of higher  profit  margin  products  such as network and
system integration  products;  and continued adherence to cost control measures.
Service related revenues, though not a material segment of Corporation revenues,
are significant in their  contributions  to net income because these  operations
yield a higher profit margin than  equipment  sales.  For the fiscal years ended
June 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  the  respective  increases in revenues  from the
provision of service,  support,  outsourcing and network  integration is largely
the result of the Corporation  entering into service  contracts with a number of
corporate  customers to provide service and support for the customer's  personal
computers,  peripherals  and networks.  Most of these  contracts are short-term,
usually  twelve  months or less,  and  contain  provisions  which  permit  early
termination. Although the contracts generally contain renewal terms, there is no
assurance that such renewals will occur.

     During the fiscal years discussed,  the computer industry has experienced a
trend of  decreasing  prices of  computers  and  related  equipment.  Management
believes  that this  trend  will  continue.  Industrywide,  the  result of price
erosion has been lower profit margins on sales, which require businesses to sell
a greater  volume of equipment to maintain  past  earning  levels.  In addition,
manufacturers'  shortages  of certain  products,  known as product  constraints,
occasionally  combine  with the  price  decreases  to impact  the  Corporation's
revenue  stream as occurred  during the last quarter of fiscal 1996. The product
constraints experienced in that quarter reduced the number of orders received by
the  Corporation,  with  resulting  effects on inventory,  accounts  payable and
receivable  and cash  levels.  Another  result of the price  decreases  has been
intensified  competition  within the industry,  including the  consolidation  of
businesses  through merger or acquisition and the entrance of manufacturers into
technical services business.  Management  believes that the adoption of policies
by many larger corporate  customers which limit the number of vendors  permitted
to  provide  goods  and  services  for  specified  periods  of time has  further
increased price competition.

     To meet these  competitive  challenges  and to maximize  the  Corporation's
profit margin, management has modified its marketing strategy during these years
and has enforced expense controls.  Management's  current marketing  strategy is
designed  to  increase  sales of lower  revenue/higher  profit  margin  products
related  to  service  and  support  operations.   Management's  efforts  include
targeting  commercial,  educational  and  governmental  customers  which provide
marketplaces  for a  wide  range  of  products  and  services  at  one  time,  a
cost-effective  approach  to sales.  Management  believes it  maximizes  profits
through  concentration  on sales of value-added  applications;  promotion of the
Corporation's   service  and  support   operations;   and  strict  adherence  to
cost-cutting  controls.  In  light  of  the  above,  management  emphasizes  and
continues  the  aggressive  pursuit of an increased  volume of equipment  sales,
technical service and support programs,  and promotion of its training services.
In addition, the Corporation's buying agreement with Ingram Micro, Inc. enhances
the Corporation's competitive edge through product discounts unavailable through
other sources.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  were  approximately  9% of
revenues for fiscal 1997,  and remained  constant as a percentage of revenues at
slightly  below  10% of  revenues  for  fiscal  1996 and  slightly  above 10% of
revenues  in  fiscal  1995.  Management's  adherence  to cost  control  measures
maintains the level of such expenditures.

     Interest  income  increased  in fiscal  1997 as  compared to the prior year
primarily due to a stronger cash  position,  which  allowed the  Corporation  to
invest larger amounts than in prior years.  Interest income  increased in fiscal
1996 as  compared to fiscal  1995 due to the rise in  interest  rates.  Interest
expense  decreased in fiscal 1997 as compared to the prior year, also due to the
improved cash position which limited the amount of financing  extended under the
floor planning arrangements  described below. Interest ased in 1996 over 1995 as
a result of financing costs associated with inventory.expense  increased in 1996
over 1995 as a result of financing costs associated with inventory.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

     There are no material  commitments of the Corporation's  capital resources,
other than real  estate  leases and  employment  contracts  entered  into in the
normal course of business.

     The  Corporation  currently  finances  the  purchases  of  portions  of its
inventory through floor planning  arrangements  with a third-party  lender and a
manufacturer's  affiliate  under  which  such  inventory  secures  the  financed
purchases.  Inventory  decreased in fiscal 1997 as a result of increased  sales,
and  decreased  in  1996  as  compared  to 1995  due to  manufacturers'  product
constraints during the last quarter of fiscal 1996.

     Accounts  receivable  increased  in  fiscal  1997  over 1996 as a result of
increased sales. Accounts payable decreased due to the improved cash position of
the  Corporation.   Floor  planning  payables  reflects  an  increase  which  is
attributable to the increased volume of hardware sales.  Accounts receivable and
payable  decreased  for the period  ended June 30, 1996 as a direct  result of a
decrease in revenues for the last quarter of fiscal 1996. The decrease in orders
was  attributable  to the late spring  announcement of new products by equipment
manufacturers,  which delayed orders until the new products were available after
July 1996.

     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997,  as in the fiscal years ended June
30, 1996 and 1995, the internal  sources of the  Corporation  were sufficient to
enable the Corporation to meet its obligations.

     Management  has recently been apprised of an unasserted  possible  claim or
assessment  involving the  Corporation's  Pension Plan.  The Plan was adopted in
1981 as a defined  benefit  plan.  In 1989,  various  actions  were taken by the
Corporation to terminate the Plan, to convert it to a defined  contribution plan
and to freeze benefit accruals. No filing for plan termination was made with the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC"). Additionally, a final amended
and restated plan document  incorporating  the  foregoing  amendments  and other
required  amendments  including  those required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 do
not appear to have been properly  adopted.  In addition,  since 1989, it appears
that certain  operational  violations occurred in the administration of the Plan
including the failure to obtain spousal  consent in certain  instances  where it
was required.

     The Corporation  currently  intends to (i) take corrective action under the
IRS  Walk-in  Closing  Agreement  Program  ("CAP"),  (ii) apply for a  favorable
determination  letter with respect to the Plan from the IRS, and (iii) terminate
the Plan.  The CAP program  provides a correction  mechanism for "non  amenders"
such as the  Corporation.  Under  CAP,  the  Corporation  will be  subject  to a
monetary sanction (which could range from $1,000 to approximately  $40,000).  In
addition,   the  Corporation   will  be  required  to  correct,   retroactively,
operational violations,  and to pay any resulting excise taxes and PBGC premiums
and penalties that may be due.  Special counsel has advised the Corporation that
although  it  believes  that  the  Corporation  will  incur  some  liability  in
connection  with  the  correction  of  such  operational  violations,  it is not
possible to estimate the  potential  amount of or the range of liability at this
time. Such counsel has also advised that depending on the corrections  required,
such liability could range from an insignificant to a material amount,  but that
due to the uncertainties  involved, any estimate in dollar terms of the range of
any such liability at this time would be speculative and potentially misleading.

                                                           3

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                                             Y e a r s   e n d e d   J u n e   3 0,
                                        1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6          1 9 9 5           1 9 9 4            1 9 9 3

<S>                                 <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
Revenue                             $    68,631,322  $     64,200,588  $    56,216,605  $     40,342,165  $    28,903,305

Net Income                          $     1,032,567  $      1,001,640  $       882,466  $        393,870  $       264,644

Earnings Per Share                  $           .20  $            .19  $           .17  $            .08  $           .05

Weighted Average
   Number of Shares                       5,216,804         5,216,804        5,155,526         5,041,804        5,041,804

Total Assets                        $    18,224,298  $     16,333,275  $    19,286,712  $     13,289,915  $    10,513,428

Working Capital                     $     9,830,264  $      8,506,758  $     7,554,094  $      7,225,788  $     6,845,754

</TABLE>

MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITYHOLDERS
MATTERS

     TransNet's  common  stock is  quoted  and  traded  in the  over-the-counter
market.  Pursuant to the decision of a NASDAQ Listing  Qualifications Panel, the
Corporation's  common stock was deleted from the NASDAQ Stock Market on February
4, 1998. The cited cause of the delisting was the Company's  failure to hold its
shareholder  meeting prior to January 31, 1998. The Company  believes there were
justifiable  reasons  for the  delay in  holding  the  meeting  attributable  to
negotiations  in connection  with the  Company's  proposed  transaction  with an
affiliate of GE Capital,  and has  appealed  the decision to the NASDAQ  Listing
Council. Pending determination of the appeal, the common stock will trade on the
OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "TRNT."

     As of  February  12,  1998,  the number of holders on record of  TransNet's
common stock was 3,265.  Such number of record  owners was  determined  from the
Company's  shareholder  records and does not  include  beneficial  owners  whose
shares are held in nominee  accounts with brokers,  dealers,  banks and clearing
agencies.

TransNet has not paid any dividends on its common stock since its inception.

Calendar Year                                        Closing Sales Prices
                                                        High            Low

1995
       First Quarter                                 1 15/16           1 9/16
       Second Quarter                                 3 1/16            1 3/4
       Third Quarter                                 6  3/16          2  7/16
       Fourth Quarter                                      6             3  1/2

1996
       First Quarter                                  4  3/8           2  7/8
       Second Quarter                                 3  3/4         2  15/32
       Third Quarter                                  3  3/8         1  15/16
       Fourth Quarter                                3  9/16         2  13/16

1997
       First Quarter                                  3  3/8           2  3/8
       Second Quarter                                 3  1/4           2  3/8
       Third Quarter                                  3  3/4           2  3/4
       Fourth Quarter                                   31/2               2

                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                                                    June 30,
                                                                                           1 9 9 7             1 9 9 6
Assets:
Current Assets:
<S>                                                                                   <C>                 <C>
   Cash and Cash Equivalents                                                          $     3,336,917     $     2,383,741
   Accounts Receivable - Net                                                                8,986,318           7,366,019
   Inventories                                                                              3,274,462           3,642,228
   Other Current Assets                                                                       324,546             465,943
   Deferred Tax Asset                                                                         334,700             314,750

   Total Current Assets                                                                    16,256,943          14,172,681

Property and Equipment - Net                                                                  916,254           1,158,083

Other Assets                                                                                1,051,101           1,051,261

   Total Assets                                                                       $    18,224,298     $    16,382,025

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Current Liabilities:
   Accounts Payable                                                                   $       965,340     $     1,739,706
   Accrued Expenses                                                                           650,242             539,104
   Floor Plan Payable                                                                       4,384,040           2,852,328
   Deferred Income                                                                            162,576             319,284
   Other Current Liabilities                                                                  264,481             215,501

   Total Current Liabilities                                                                6,426,679           5,665,923

Deferred Tax Liability                                                                         97,700              48,750

Commitments and Contingencies                                                                      --                  --

Stockholders' Equity:
   Capital Stock - Common, $.01 Par Value, Authorized
     15,000,000 Shares; Issued 7,469,524 Shares in 1997
     and 1996 [of which 2,252,720 are in Treasury]                                             74,695              74,695

   Paid-in Capital                                                                         10,686,745          10,686,745

   Retained Earnings                                                                        7,156,122           6,123,555

   Totals                                                                                  17,917,562          16,884,995
   Less:  Treasury Stock - At Cost                                                         (6,217,643)         (6,217,643)

   Total Stockholders' Equity                                                              11,699,919          10,667,352

   Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                         $    18,224,298     $    16,382,025



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

                                                             5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                                      Y e a r s   e n d e d
                                                                                         J u n e   3 0,
                                                                           1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6            1 9 9 5

<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>
Revenue                                                                $    68,631,322  $     64,200,588  $    56,216,605

Cost of Revenue                                                             61,160,465        56,974,857       49,762,601

   Gross Profit                                                              7,470,857         7,225,731        6,454,004

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses                                 6,465,912         6,153,883        5,697,915

   Operating Income                                                          1,004,945         1,071,848          756,089

Other Income [Expense]:
   Interest Income                                                             124,065            67,123           53,775
   Interest Expense                                                            (40,943)         (174,731)        (117,587)

   Other Income [Expense] - Net                                                 83,122          (107,608)         (63,812)

   Income Before Income Tax Expense                                          1,088,067           964,240          692,277

Income Tax Expense [Benefit]                                                    55,500           (37,400)        (190,189)

   Net Income                                                          $     1,032,567  $      1,001,640  $       882,466

   Income Per Common Share                                             $           .20  $            .19  $           .17

</TABLE>


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                            6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                                           Total
                                      Common Stock             Paid-in        Retained              Treasury Stock     Stockholders'
                                 Shares          Amount        Capital        Earnings           Shares         Amount     Equity

<S>                           <C>        <C>              <C>             <C>                   <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance - June 30, 1994       7,294,524  $        72,945  $   10,513,495  $     4,239,449       (2,252,720) $ (6,217,643) $8,608,246

   Exercise of Options          175,000            1,750         173,250               --               --            --     175,000

   Net Income                        --               --              --          882,466               --            --     882,466

Balance - June 30, 1995       7,469,524           74,695      10,686,745        5,121,915       (2,252,720)   (6,217,643)  9,665,712

   Net Income                        --               --              --        1,001,640               --            --   1,001,640

Balance - June 30, 1996       7,469,524           74,695      10,686,745        6,123,555       (2,252,720)   (6,217,643) 10,667,352

   Net Income                        --               --              --        1,032,567               --            --   1,032,567

Balance - June 30, 1997       7,469,524  $        74,695  $   10,686,745  $     7,156,122       (2,252,720) $ (6,217,643)$11,699,919
</TABLE>


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                                            7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                      Y e a r s   e n d e d
                                                                                         J u n e   3 0,
                                                                           1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6            1 9 9 5
Operating Activities:
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>
   Net Income                                                          $     1,032,567  $      1,001,640  $       882,466
   Adjustments  to  Reconcile  Net  Income to Net Cash [Used  for]  Provided  by
     Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization                                             340,723           275,131          172,612
     Loss on Sale of Equipment                                                      --             6,360            1,054
     Deferred Income Taxes                                                      29,000           (70,000)        (196,000)

   Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
     [Increase] Decrease in:
       Accounts Receivable                                                  (1,620,299)        2,835,025       (4,004,954)
       Inventories                                                             367,766         1,369,563       (1,547,138)
       Other Current Assets                                                    141,397          (318,890)        (181,694)
       Other Assets                                                            (45,167)           56,147         (675,448)

     Increase [Decrease] in:
       Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses                                  (663,228)          616,059        1,045,850
       Other Current Liabilities                                                48,980           (98,238)         129,570
       Deferred Income                                                        (156,708)           (8,816)        (200,057)

     Total Adjustments                                                      (1,557,536)        4,662,341       (5,456,205)

   Net Cash - Operating Activities                                            (524,969)        5,663,981       (4,573,739)

Investing Activities:
   Capital Expenditures                                                        (53,567)         (366,214)         (31,378)
   Proceeds from Sale of Equipment                                                  --               850               --

   Net Cash - Investing Activities                                             (53,567)         (365,364)         (31,378)

Financing Activities:
   Floor Plan Payable                                                        1,531,712        (4,464,082)       3,963,968
   Issuance of Common Stock                                                         --                --          175,000

   Net Cash - Financing Activities                                           1,531,712        (4,464,082)       4,138,968

   Net Increase [Decrease] in Cash and Cash Equivalents                        953,176           834,535         (466,149)

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Years                               2,383,741         1,549,206        2,015,355

   Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Years                            $     3,336,917  $      2,383,741  $     1,549,206

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                                          $        44,000  $        182,000  $       105,000
     Income Taxes                                                      $        27,000  $         32,000  $         6,400

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-Cash Investing Activities:
   During 1996, $520,790 of other assets were placed into service and classified
as property and equipment.

   During 1997, the Company disposed of $138,126 of fully depreciated property and equipment.
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                            8
<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - ----------------------------------------------------



[1] Nature of Operations

TransNet  Corporation  [the "Company"] was incorporated in the State of Delaware
in 1969 and is engaged in the sale and service of personal  computer systems and
peripheral equipment,  software,  and supplies primarily in the New Jersey - New
York City Metropolitan area. The sale of products and the promotion of technical
services,  including outsourcing,  are conducted through the Company's sales and
service departments.

The sale and service of personal computer systems is highly  competitive and may
be affected  by rapid  changes in  technology  and  spending  habits in both the
business and institutional sectors.

[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

[A] Consolidation - The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts
of the Company and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Century American  Corporation.
Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

[B] Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash equivalents are comprised of certain highly
liquid  investments  with a maturity of three months or less when purchased [See
Note 3].

[C] Accounts  Receivable - Accounts receivable have been reduced by an allowance
for  doubtful  accounts  of $40,000  and  $39,838 as of June 30,  1997 and 1996,
respectively. The receivables secure a floor plan agreement [See Note 7C].

[D]  Inventories  - The  Company's  inventory  is  valued  at the  lower of cost
[determined on the moving average-cost basis] or market. The inventory secures a
floor plan agreement [See Note 7C].

[E]  Property  and  Equipment,  Depreciation  and  Amortization  - Property  and
equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation and amortization are computed by use
of the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated  useful  lives of the various
assets ranging from five to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over
the shorter of the life of the lease including renewal option periods,  or their
estimated useful life.

[F] Intangible  Assets - Goodwill is being  amortized over 20 years by using the
straight-line  method.  Licences and other intangible assets are amortized using
the straight-line  method over their estimated useful lives ranging from five to
twenty years.  The Company  reviews  long-lived  assets for impairment  whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable.

[G] Revenue  Recognition  and Deferred Income - Revenue is recognized at time of
shipment for equipment sold directly to customers.  Deferred  income consists of
prepaid maintenance service contracts. Revenue on the contracts is recognized by
using the  straight-line  method over the term of the contract  which range from
three months to one year.

[H]  Earnings  Per Share -  Earnings  per  common  share are based on  5,216,804
weighted  outstanding average shares for fiscal 1997 and 1996, and 5,155,526 for
fiscal 1995. Common stock equivalents are included if dilutive.



                                                          9
<PAGE>
TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

[I]  Concentrations  of  Credit  Risk - The  Company  currently  maintains  cash
accounts of approximately  $435,000 in a financial  institution which is subject
to credit risk beyond FDIC insured limits.

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and based
upon  factors  surrounding  the  credit  risk of its  customers  establishes  an
allowance for  uncollectible  accounts and, as a consequence,  believes that its
accounts   receivable  credit  risk  exposure  beyond  such  allowances  is  not
significant.  The  Company  does not  require  collateral  or other  security to
support financial instruments subject to credit risk.

[J] Business  Concentrations  - The Company is engaged in the sale and technical
support and  service of local area  networks,  personal  computer  systems,  and
peripheral  equipment,  software,  and supplies to companies  and  organizations
located  primarily  in the New Jersey - New York City  Metropolitan  area and is
currently  an  authorized  dealer  for  many of the  largest  computer  products
suppliers in the world,  including Apple,  Compaq,  Hewlett Packard,  IBM, Lotus
Development Corporation,  and Microsoft Corporation. If the Company were to lose
any of its dealer authorizations or if it were to experience significant delays,
interruptions  or  reductions  in its  supply  of  hardware  and  software,  the
Company's revenues and profits could be adversely affected.

For the year ended June 30, 1997,  the Company had net sales to a customer  that
generated  approximately 58% of total net sales and net sales to an affiliate of
this customer that generated net sales of approximately  11% of total net sales.
The loss of this customer and/or the loss of the affiliated  customer could have
a material effect on the Company.

[K]  Advertising  Costs - The Company  participates  in cooperative  advertising
programs with its vendors,  whereby the vendors absorb the costs of advertising.
During  the year  ended  June 30,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  the  Company  incurred
additional advertising expense of $2,209, $33,700 and $-0-, respectively.
Adverting costs are expensed as incurred.

[L] Use of Estimates - The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

[3] Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase  agreements included in cash equivalents as of June 30, 1997 and 1996
consisted of:


                                                       Cost          Fair Value
June 30, 1997:
  Repo 6%, Due July 1, 1997                   $      3,100,816  $     3,100,816


This security is backed by $3,108,241 of G.N.M.A.  bonds maturing April 20, 2023
with a variable interest rate.

                                                       Cost          Fair Value

June 30, 1996:
  Repo 6%, Due July 1, 1996                   $      1,686,930  $     1,686,930



                                                       10
<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[3] Repurchase Agreements [Continued]

This security is backed by $1,726,642 of Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation
Bonds maturing in May 1, 1998 with an interest rate of 6%.

[4] Inventories

Inventories consist of:
                                                              June 30,
                                                     1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6

Product Inventory                             $      2,871,173   $    3,243,574
Service Parts                                          403,289          398,654

   Totals                                     $      3,274,462   $    3,642,228

[5] Property, Equipment, Depreciation and Amortization

Property and equipment and accumulated depreciation as of June 30, 1997 and 1996
are as follows:

                                                              June 30,
                                                     1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6

Machinery and Equipment                       $      1,210,761   $    1,205,567
Furniture and Fixtures                                 391,405          419,264
Leasehold Improvements                                 273,102          334,996

Totals                                               1,875,268        1,959,827
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization       959,014          801,744

   Property and Equipment - Net               $        916,254   $    1,158,083


Total depreciation  expense amounted to $295,396,  $250,807 and $130,741 for the
years ended June 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

[6] Intangible Assets

Intangible assets and accumulated  amortization as of June 30, 1997 and 1996 are
as follows:

                                                              June 30,
                                                      1 9 9 7          1 9 9 6

Licenses                                        $      333,560  $       292,060
Goodwill                                               259,422          259,422

Totals                                                 592,982          551,482
Less:  Accumulated Amortization                        145,663          100,336

   Intangible Assets - Net                      $      447,319  $       451,146


Intangible assets are included in other assets for financial reporting purposes.
Amortization  expense for fiscal 1997,  1996 and 1995 was  $45,327,  $24,324 and
$41,871, respectively.

                                                          11
<PAGE>
TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[7] Commitments and Related Party Transactions

[A] Leasing  Agreements - The Company leases office and warehouse space under an
operating lease with a related party, which expires in 2001. During fiscal 1991,
the Company  entered into a five year lease with three five year renewal options
with W. Realty,  an  affiliate of the Chairman of the Board and a director,  for
its primary office and warehouse facility.  In March 1996, the Company exercised
the renewal option.

Total rent expense was $215,710,  $242,260 and $244,511 for the years ended June
30, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The following is a summary of rental commitments:

1998                                                 $        184,903
1999                                                          193,339
2000                                                          201,837
2001                                                          208,211
Thereafter                                                         --

   Total                                             $        788,290

At June 30, 1997, the Company had prepaid rent of approximately $15,500.

[B] Employment  Agreements - Effective  July 1, 1995,  the Company  entered into
four [4] employment  agreements  with officers of the Company.  The term of each
agreement is for five [5] years with annual  salaries  ranging from  $135,000 to
$250,000.  A "Performance  Bonus," based on the Company's  consolidated  pre-tax
profits,  is also  included  in each of the  agreements  at  rates of two to six
percent  based  on  certain  achieved  profit  levels.  The  bonus  accrual  was
approximately $119,000 and $83,000 as of June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

In addition,  the employment agreements contain provisions providing that in the
event of a hostile change of control of the Company and a resultant  termination
of the employees' employment prior to expiration of the agreement, the employees
would be entitled to receive certain lump sum payments.

[C] Floor Plan  Payable - The Company  finances  its  inventory  through a floor
planning arrangement with a finance company,  whereby the Company's  inventories
and accounts  receivable have been pledged as collateral against the outstanding
loan  balances.  The  Company  has an  inventory  credit line up to a maximum of
$8,000,000 based on eligible inventory  purchases.  The outstanding  balance for
the inventory credit line at June 30, 1997 and 1996 was approximately $4,400,000
and $2,900,000, respectively. The Company also has an accounts receivable credit
line based upon eligible accounts receivable up to a maximum of $4,500,000.  The
Company did not have an outstanding  balance on its accounts  receivable  credit
line at June 30, 1997 or 1996.  Payments on both credit lines are due currently.
Interest is applied to the average daily outstanding  balance under the lines of
credit at a rate of the  greater of 6% or the daily  prime  rate per annum.  The
prime  rate and the  weighted  average  interest  rate  were  8.50%  and  8.25%,
respectively  at June 30, 1997 and were 8.25% and 7.875%,  respectively  at June
30,  1996 and 7.50% for both prime and  weighted  average  interest  at June 30,
1995.

                                                          12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[8] Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

                                                                               Y e a r s   e n d e d
                                                                                  J u n e   3 0,
                                                                     1 9 9 7           1 9 9 6           1 9 9 5
Federal:
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>             <C>             
   Current                                                      $        335,625   $      287,000  $        208,050
   Deferred                                                               38,000          (62,400)         (151,900)

   Totals                                                                373,625          224,600            56,150
   Less:  Net Operating Loss Carryforward Benefit                       (319,625)        (272,000)         (208,050)

   Federal Provision                                            $         54,000   $      (47,400) $       (151,900)

State:
   Current                                                      $         99,000   $       72,000  $         61,311
   Deferred                                                               (9,000)          (7,600)          (44,100)

   Totals                                                                 90,000           64,400            17,211
   Less:  Net Operating Loss Carryforward Benefit                        (88,500)         (54,400)          (55,500)

   State Provision                                              $          1,500   $       10,000  $        (38,289)

   Income Tax Expense [Benefit]                                 $         55,500   $      (37,400) $       (190,189)
</TABLE>

Deferred income taxes arise from the Company's temporary  differences  including
depreciation,   inventory  capitalization,   allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,
vacation pay accruals, and net operating loss carryforwards.

The  Company  has a  deferred  tax  asset of  $334,700  at June 30,  1997  based
primarily  on  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $948,000.
Realization  of  the  tax  asset  is  dependent  upon  future  events  effecting
utilization of the net operating loss  carryforwards.  A valuation allowance has
been provided against this deferred asset. The valuation  allowance decreased by
approximately $386,800 from the prior period.

The net  deferred  tax asset in the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets
include the following components:
                                                              June 30,
                                                      1 9 9 7          1 9 9 6

Deferred Tax Asset - Net Operating Loss       $        650,000  $     1,120,000
Valuation Allowance                                   (489,200)        (876,000)
Other                                                  173,900           70,750

   Deferred Tax Assets                                 334,700          314,750

Deferred Tax Liabilities - Depreciation                (97,700)         (48,750)

   Net Deferred Tax Asset                     $        237,000  $       266,000

                                                          13
<PAGE>
TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[8] Income Taxes [Continued]

Unused net operating loss carryforwards at June 30, 1997 are as follows:

 Year of
Expiration                                              Amount

   2005                                              $        185,000
   2006                                                       763,000

   Total                                             $        948,000
<TABLE>

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes [benefit] at the U.S. statutory tax rate to the taxes
actually provided:
                                                                               Y e a r s   e n d e d
                                                                                  J u n e   3 0,
                                                                     1 9 9 7          1 9 9 6           1 9 9 5

<S>                                                             <C>                <C>             <C>             
U.S. Statutory Rate Applied to Pretax Income                    $        380,823   $      337,500  $        235,375
State Taxes                                                               58,500           72,000            61,311
Net Operating Loss Carryforward                                         (408,125)        (326,400)         (263,550)
Decrease in Valuation Allowance                                               --         (115,505)         (237,561)
Other                                                                     24,302           (4,995)           14,236

   Income Tax Expense [Benefit]                                 $         55,500   $      (37,400) $       (190,189)
</TABLE>

[9] Defined Contribution Plans

The  Company  maintains  a  defined   contribution  pension  plan  which  covers
substantially  all  of the  Company's  employees.  The  contribution  amount  is
determined at the  discretion of  management.  There was no expense for the plan
for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

Effective  January 1, 1995, the Company  adopted  another  defined  contribution
[401(k)]  plan  covering  all eligible  employees.  Under the terms of the Plan,
participating  employees deposit a percentage of their salaries in the Plan. The
Company  matches  up to a certain  percentage  of the  employees'  contribution.
Expense for the years ended June 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was  $23,410,  $16,882
and $5,285, respectively.

[10] Stockholders' Rights Plan

On February 6, 1990, the Board of Directors adopted a Stockholders' Rights Plan,
which  entitles the Right holder,  upon the  occurrence of specified  triggering
events,  i.e., the  acquisition by a person or group of beneficial  ownership of
20% or more of outstanding shares; the commencement of a tender offer for 20% or
more of outstanding  shares [unless an offer is made for all outstanding  shares
at a price deemed by the Continuing Board to be fair and in the best interest of
stockholders]  and the  determination  by the Board that a person is an "Adverse
Person,"  as defined in the Rights  Agreement  to  purchase  one share of common
stock at an  exercise  price of $7.50  per  share,  or in  certain  "take  over"
situations,  common  stock  equal in  value to two  times  the  exercise  price.
Subsequent  to a  triggering  event,  if the  Company is acquired in a merger or
other business transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation
[unless Board approved], or 50% or more of the Company's assets or earning power
is sold or  transferred,  each holder of a Right shall have the right to receive
upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two
times the exercise price of the Right. The Rights may be redeemed by the Company
for $.01 per Right at any time  prior to the  determination  of the Board that a
person is an Adverse Person or ten days following a public  announcement  of the
acquisition  of, or  commencement  of a tender offer for, 20% of the outstanding
common stock. The Rights expire on February 6, 2000, unless earlier redeemed.

                                                          14
<PAGE>
TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[11] Contingencies

Management  has  recently  been  apprised  of an  unasserted  possible  claim or
assessment involving the Company's pension plan. The pension plan was adopted in
1981 as a defined  benefit  plan.  In 1989,  various  actions  were taken by the
Company to terminate the pension  plan, to convert it to a defined  contribution
plan and to freeze benefit accruals. However, no filing for plan termination was
made  with  the  Pension   Benefit   Guaranty   Corporation   [the  "PBGC"]  and
additionally,  a final  amended and restated  plan  document  incorporating  the
foregoing  amendments and other required amendments  including those required by
the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986 do not  appear to have been  properly  adopted.  In
addition, since 1989, it appears that certain operational violations occurred in
the  administration of the Plan including the failure to obtain spousal consents
in certain instances where it was required.

The  Company  currently  intends  to (i) take  corrective  action  under the IRS
Walk-in  Closing  Agreement   Program  ["CAP"],   (ii)  apply  for  a  favorable
determination  letter with respect to the Plan from the IRS, and (iii) terminate
the Plan.  The CAP program  provides a correction  mechanism for  "non-amenders"
such as the  Company.  Under  CAP,  the  Company  will be  subject to a monetary
sanction which could range from $1,000 to  approximately  $40,000.  In addition,
the Company will be required to correct, retroactively,  operational violations,
and to pay any resulting  excise taxes and PBGC premiums and penalties  that may
be due.  Special  counsel has advised the Company that although it believes that
the Company will incur some liability in connection  with the correction of such
operational  violations,  it is not possible to estimate the potential amount of
or the range of  liability  at this time.  Such  counsel has also  advised  that
depending  on the  corrections  required,  such  liability  could  range from an
insignificant to a material amount, but that due to the uncertainties  involved,
any  estimate in dollar  terms or the range of any such  liability  at this time
would be speculative and potentially misleading.

[12] Stock Options

During the year ended June 30, 1995,  options to purchase an  aggregate  175,000
shares  of the  company's  stock  were  exercised  at $1.00  per  share by three
employees, two of whom are currently officers.

[13] Significant Customer

During the years ended June 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  the Company  derived 58%,
50% and 34%,  respectively of its revenue for each year from one major customer.
Additionally,  during the years ended June 30, 1997,  1996 and 1995, the Company
derived 11%, 19% and 17%, respectively,  of its revenue from an affiliate of the
significant customer [See Note 2J].

[14] Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Generally  accepted  accounting  principles require disclosing fair value to the
extent   practicable   for  financial   instruments   which  are  recognized  or
unrecognized in the balance sheet. For certain  instruments,  including cash and
cash equivalents,  trade receivables, trade payables, and the floor plan payable
it was  concluded  that the carrying  amount  approximated  fair value for these
instruments because of their short maturities.

[15] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ["FASB"]  has issued  Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards ["SFAS"] No. 128, "Earnings per Share," and SFAS
No. 129, "Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure." Both are effective
for financial statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

                                                          15
<PAGE>

TRANSNET CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[15] New Authoritative Pronouncements [Continued]

SFAS No. 128 simplifies the earnings per share ["EPS"] calculations  required by
Accounting Principles Board ["APB"] Opinion No. 15, and related interpretations,
by replacing the  presentation  of primary EPS with a presentation of basic EPS.
SFAS No. 128  requires  dual  presentation  of basic and diluted EPS by entities
with complex capital structures.  Basic EPS includes no dilution and is computed
by dividing  income  available to common  stockholders  by the  weighted-average
number of common  shares  outstanding  for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the
potential  dilution of securities that could share in the earnings of an entity,
similar to the fully diluted EPS of APB Opinion No. 15. When  adopted,  SFAS No.
128 will require  restatement of all prior-period  EPS data presented;  however,
the Company has not sufficiently  analyzed SFAS No. 128 to determine what effect
SFAS No. 128 will have on its historically reported EPS amounts.

SFAS No. 129 does not change any previous  disclosure  requirements,  but rather
consolidates existing disclosure requirements for ease of retrieval.

The FASB has issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income."  SFAS No. 
130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.  Earlier 
application is permitted.  Reclassification of financial statements for earlier 
periods provided for comparative purposes is required.  SFAS No. 130 is not 
expected to have a material impact on the Company.

The FASB has issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information."  SFAS No. 131 changes how operating segments are 
reported in annual financial statements and requires the reporting of selected 
information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to 
shareholders.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for periods beginning after 
December 15, 1997, and comparative information for earlier years is to be 
restated.  SFAS No. 131 need not be applied to interim financial statements in 
the initial year of its application.  SFAS No. 131 is not expected to have a 
material impact on the Company.





                                           . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

                                                          16

<PAGE>


                                             INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
   TransNet Corporation
   Somerville, New Jersey


     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of TransNet
Corporation  and its  subsidiary  as of June 30, 1997 and 1996,  and the related
consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the
period ended June 30, 1997.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

                  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated   financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and  significant  estimates made by  management,  as well as evaluating the
overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe  that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial
position  of TransNet  Corporation  and its  subsidiary  as of June 30, 1997 and
1996, and the consolidated  results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 1997,  in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.








                                                   MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.
                                                   Certified Public Accountants.

Cranford, New Jersey
September 19, 1997

                                                          17

<PAGE>

                                    OFFICERS

                                  John J. Wilk
                              Chairman of the Board
                                   & Treasurer

                                 Steven J. Wilk
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer
                            & Chief Operating Officer

                                  Jay A. Smolyn
                            Vice President-Operations

                                 Annette Stanoch
                             Vice President-Planning

                                    DIRECTORS

                                  John J. Wilk
                              Chairman of the Board

                                 Steven J. Wilk
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer
                            & Chief Operating Officer

                                Vincent Cusumano
                                    Secretary
                                   President &
                             Chief Executive Officer
                           Cusumano Perma-Rail Company

                                  Earle Kunzig
                             Vice President of Sales
                          Hardware Products Sales, Inc.

                                Raymond J. Rekuc
                                    Principal
                                Raymond J. Rekuc
                           Certified Public Accountant

                                  Jay A. Smolyn
                            Vice President-Operations

                            Susan M. Wilk-Cort, Esq.
                                  Legal Counsel

                                     COUNSEL

                              Tolins and Lowenfels
                           A Professional Corporation
                               New York, New York


                                 TRANSFER AGENT

                   Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
                               New York, New York

                                    AUDITORS

                              Moore Stephens, P.C.
                              Cranford, New Jersey

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                OTC Symbol "TRNT"

                                    Form 10-K
 Stockholders may obtain a copy of TransNet Corporation's Form 10-K as
filed with the
             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by writing to:

                              TransNet Corporation
                            Attn: Investor Relations
                                45 Columbia Road
                        Somerville, New Jersey 08876-3576


                                                          18


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission